Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

done+for+the+third+time

Толкование Перевод

41 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
42 ko|niec

m 1. (finał) end
- koniec rozmowy/zebrania the end of a conversation/meeting

- koniec wojny the end of the war

- koniec świata the end of the world

- koniec roku szkolnego the end of the school year

- koniec meczu the end of the game a. match, full time

- dzwonek oznajmił koniec lekcji the bell went a. sounded for the end of the lesson

- na dzisiaj koniec that’s it a. all for today

- zaraz koniec pracy we’ll be finishing work in a bit

- widać już koniec pracy the work’s a. the job’s almost done a. finished

- przeczuwam marny koniec tego przedsięwzięcia przen. I feel this undertaking will come to a sorry end

- zachować najlepsze na koniec to keep a. save the best till a. for last

- to jeszcze nie koniec naszych kłopotów that’s not the end of our troubles

- dobiec końca to come to an end

- lato dobiega końca the summer is coming to an end

- podróż dobiegała końca the journey was drawing to an end a. nearing its end, the journey was almost over

- zebranie dobiegło końca the meeting came to an end a. to a close

- wojna dobiegła końca the war was at an end

- mieć się ku końcowi to be drawing to an end a. a close

- wojna miała się ku końcowi the war was nearing its a. drawing to an end

- bez końca endlessly

- ona mówi bez końca she never stops talking

- opowiadał bez końca tę samą historię he repeated the same story over and over (again)

- naprzykrzał jej się bez końca he kept pestering her all the time

- i tak bez końca and so on ad infinitum

- ciągnąć się bez końca to go a. drag on endlessly a. for ever

- zebranie ciągnęło się bez końca the meeting (just) went on and on

- budowa autostrady ciągnie się bez końca the construction of the motorway is taking forever

- ocean ciągnął się bez końca the ocean stretched out endlessly

- trwać bez końca to last a. take forever

- ukończyć coś do końca roku/miesiąca to have finished a. completed sth by the end of the year/month

- zostaliśmy do samego końca we stayed to the very end

- doprowadzić coś do końca to bring sth to a (successful) conclusion

- do końca świata until a. till the end of time

- do końca życia a. swoich dni to a. until one’s dying day, to the end of one’s days

- walczyć do końca to fight to the end a. the finish a. the last

- walczyć do samego końca to fight to the bitter end

- od dziś koniec z paleniem as from today, no more smoking! a. it’s goodbye to smoking!

- koniec z nami! we’ve had it now! GB pot.; we’re done for (now)!

- to już koniec! that’s the end!; that’s done it! pot.

- i (na tym) koniec (and) that’s final, (and) that’s that a. flat GB

- nie wyjdę za Marka i koniec! I will not marry Mark and that’s final!

- koniec (i) kropka that’s the end of it, full stop GB, period US

- nie pójdziesz, koniec i kropka you can’t go and that’s the end of it!; you can’t go, full stop!

- koniec końców a. końcem pot. (wreszcie) in the end; (w końcu, ostatecznie) after all

- koniec końców stanęło na tym, że... in the end a. eventually it was decided that…

- koniec końców, prawo do prywatności musi być respektowane after all, the right to privacy must be respected

- na koniec (wreszcie) in the end, finally; (na zakończenie) finally, lastly

- na koniec warto zauważyć, że... finally it is worth noting that...

- na końcu at the end, last (of all)

- na przyjęcie przyszedł na końcu he was the last to arrive at the party

- na samym końcu at the very end, last of all

- pod koniec at a. toward(s) a. near the end

- pod koniec maja/roku/XV wieku toward(s) the end of May/the year/the fifteenth century

- pod koniec stulecia towards the end a. close of the century

- pod koniec życia at a. toward(s) the end of one’s life

- w końcu (wreszcie, nareszcie) in the end, finally; (ostatecznie) after all

- w końcu deszcz przestał padać it finally stopped raining

- ja zadecyduję, co kupimy, w końcu to moje pieniądze I’ll decide what we’re going to buy – after all, it’s my money

- z końcem at the end

- z końcem maja/roku at the end of May/the year
2. (zakończenie) end
- zaskakujący koniec powieści/filmu the novel’s/film’s surprise ending a. surprising conclusion

- na końcu książki znajduje się indeks there’s an index at the back of the book

- na końcu listy at the end a. bottom of the list

- czytać książkę od końca to read a book from the end
3. (kraniec) (kolejki, kija, nitki) end
- drugi koniec miasta the other a. far end of town a. the city

- na końcu ulicy at the end of the street

- na samym końcu ogrodu at the very a. extreme end of the garden

- gabinet dyrektora znajduje się na końcu korytarza the director’s office is at the end of the corridor

- pojechać na koniec świata to go to the ends of the earth

- od końca from the end

- trzeci od końca the third from the end

- od końca do końca a. z końca w koniec from end to end

- zwiedziłem Europę od końca do końca I’ve travelled the length and breadth of Europe
4. (czubek) (języka, palca) tip, end; (noża, igły) point; (ołówka) tip, point
- okulary zjechały mu na koniec nosa his glasses slid to the end of his nose

- mieć coś na końcu języka to have sth on the tip of one’s tongue

- mam to na końcu języka I have it a. it’s on the tip of my tongue
5. sgt (końcówka) end
- to koniec zapasów that’s the end of the supplies
6. sgt książk. (śmierć) end, death
- jego koniec jest bliski he is nearing his end

- czuł, że jego koniec jest bliski he felt the end was near

- pielęgnował matkę aż do końca he took care of mother until the end

- jeśli mnie wydasz, to ze mną koniec if you give me away, I’m finished a. done for pot.

■ do końca fully

- sprawa nie została do końca wyjaśniona the matter has never been fully explained

- nie do końca się (z tym) zgadzam I don’t entirely a. fully agree (with that)

- nie do końca rozumiem, o co ci chodzi I don’t quite get your meaning a. what you mean

- oklaskom nie było końca there was no end to the applause

- ich gadaniu nie było końca pot. they (just) jabbered a. yapped on endlessly pot.

- położyć czemuś koniec książk. to put an end a. a stop to sth

- wiązać koniec z końcem pot. to make (both) ends meet

- z trudem wiązać koniec z końcem to struggle to make ends meet

- z mojej pensji ledwo wiążę koniec z końcem with my salary, I barely make a. I can hardly make ends meet

- koniec świata! nie wzięłam paszportu! bloody hell! I’ve forgotten my passport! pot.

- koniec wieńczy dzieło przysł. the end crowns the work przysł.

- wszystko ma swój koniec przysł. there is an end to everything przysł.; all things (must) come to an end (some time) przysł.; (o dobrych rzeczach) all good things (must) come to an end przysł.

- każdy kij ma dwa końce przysł. it cuts both ways pot.; two can play at that game pot.

The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > ko|niec
43 ad

ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
I.
As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
A.
In space.
1.
Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
a.
Horizontally:
fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,
the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:
Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;
and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
b.
In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:
duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,
Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):
ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,
Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;
ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 188:
altitudo pertingit ad caelum,
Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
c.
Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):
tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,
Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
2.
The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
a.
Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):
ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
(α).
With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:
ad Sullam adire,
id. ib. 25:
ad se adferre,
id. Verr. 4, 50:
reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,
id. ib. 5, 27:
ad laborem adhortantur,
id. de Sen. 14:
T. Vectium ad se arcessit,
id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
(β).
Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):
oratus sum venire ad te huc,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:
eamus ad me,
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:
ancillas traduce huc ad vos,
id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:
transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,
id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:
te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,
Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
(γ).
Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:
Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,
Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:
in aedem Veneris,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;
in aedem Concordiae,
Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;
2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,
to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:
ad Opis,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:
ad Castoris,
id. Quint. 17:
ad Juturnae,
id. Clu. 101:
ad Vestae,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
(δ).
With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:
postea ad pistores dabo,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:
praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:
in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,
Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:
nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,
Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:
de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,
id. ib. 5, 3:
velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,
id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:
ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,
in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:
ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,
Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):
has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,
Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:
quae institueram, ad te mittam,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;
and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,
Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —
(ε).
With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:
miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,
Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:
ad Veios,
Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:
ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,
Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;
or when it is joined with usque,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:
magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,
Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
(ζ).
With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:
nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:
Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,
Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:
Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:
ipse ad hostem vehitur,
Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:
aliquem ad hostem ducere,
Tac. A. 2, 52:
clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,
Verg. A. 2, 443:
munio me ad haec tempora,
Cic. Fam. 9, 18:
ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;
so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,
Cic. Off. 3, 24:
remedium ad tertianam,
Petr. Sat. 18:
munimen ad imbris,
Verg. G. 2, 352:
farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,
Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:
ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,
Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
(η).
The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:
nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:
vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,
Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
b.
The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):
via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:
rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,
Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:
cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:
ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,
Curt. 3, 9, 10:
laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,
id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:
ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,
Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,
vestis ad Seras peti,
id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:
si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:
deverberasse usque ad necem,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;
without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:
virgis ad necem caedi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
3.
Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):
ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;
3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,
stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;
apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:
astiterunt ad januam,
Vulg. Act. 10, 17:
non adest ad exercitum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:
aderant ad spectaculum istud,
Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:
et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,
Lucr. 3, 959:
quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,
at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:
haec arma habere ad manum,
Quint. 12, 5, 1:
dominum esse ad villam,
Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:
errantem ad flumina,
Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):
pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!
Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:
qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),
Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:
ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,
among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:
neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,
Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:
si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:
villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:
“Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”
Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:
pons, qui erat ad Genavam,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,
Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
conchas ad Caietam legunt,
id. Or. 2, 6:
ad forum esse,
to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:
ad dextram,
Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:
ad laevam,
Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:
ad dextram... ad laevam,
Liv. 40, 6;
and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,
at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:
sepultus ad quintum lapidem,
Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
B.
In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
1.
Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:
domum reductus ad vesperum,
toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,
toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
2.
The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:
ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:
philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:
quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:
ad multam noctem,
Cic. de Sen. 14:
Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,
id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:
Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82:
bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,
id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8:
usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
3.
Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:
praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,
at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:
admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,
on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:
nostra ad diem dictam fient,
id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:
ad id tempus,
Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
C.
The relations of number.
1.
An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):
ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:
nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:
quasi ad quadraginta minas,
as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:
sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:
cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,
id. Clu. 40, 110:
ad hominum milia decem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4:
oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,
id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:
occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,
Caes. B. G. 2, 33:
ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,
id. B. C. 3, 53:
ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,
Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
2.
The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):
ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,
Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:
aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,
even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:
miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,
to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:
quid ad denarium solveretur,
Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:
de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,
Cic. Lael. 23:
ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,
Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:
naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:
ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,
Cic. Fam. 10, 16:
Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,
Verg. A. 5, 687.
D.
In the manifold relations of one object to another.
1.
That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
a.
With verbs:
ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,
in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:
numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,
id. ib. 5, 4, 1:
nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,
that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:
nil est ad nos,
is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:
nil ad me attinet,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:
nihil ad rem pertinet,
Cic. Caecin. 58;
and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,
id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:
Quid ad praetorem?
id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
b.
With adjectives:
ad has res perspicax,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:
virum ad cetera egregium,
Liv. 37, 7, 15:
auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:
ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,
id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:
difficilis (res) ad credendum,
Lucr. 2, 1027:
ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,
Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
c.
With nouns:
prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,
before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):
mentis ad omnia caecitas,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:
magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,
id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:
ad cetera paene gemelli,
Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:
facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,
Cic. Font. 6;
facultas ad agendum,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
d.
In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;
jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,
Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
2.
With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):
columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,
Cic. Mur. 77:
taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,
Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:
ad amussim non est numerus,
Varr. 2, 1, 26:
ad imaginem facere,
Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:
ad cursus lunae describit annum,
Liv. 1, 19:
omnia ad diem facta sunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5:
Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,
id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:
ad aequos flexus,
at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:
turres ad altitudiem valli,
Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:
ad eandem crassitudinem structi,
id. 44, 11:
ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,
with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:
stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,
Suet. Ner. 31:
lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,
Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:
canere ad tibiam,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:
in numerum ludere,
Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):
quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:
ad unguem factus homo,
a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):
ad istorum normam sapientes,
Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:
Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,
ad simulacrum,
Liv. 40, 6:
ad Punica ingenia,
id. 21, 22:
ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,
Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:
omnia fient ad verum,
Juv. 6, 324:
quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,
Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:
ad hunc modum institutus est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:
ad eundem istunc modum,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:
quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,
of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.
91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,
Lucr. 2, 281:
ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,
to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:
ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,
id. Rab. Post. 21:
aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,
Caes. B. C. 3, 51:
rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,
Cic. Off. 1, 26:
rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,
id. Font. 36:
ad vulgi opinionem,
id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:
ad instar castrorum,
Just. 36, 3, 2:
scoparum,
App. M. 9, p. 232:
speculi,
id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:
ad navis feratur,
like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:
ad specus angustiac vallium,
like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
3.
With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
a.
The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:
cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,
Lucr. 3, 144:
ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,
on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
b.
The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
(α).
is done,
(β).
is designed, or,
(γ).
is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
(α).
Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):
venimus coctum ad nuptias,
in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:
omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,
id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:
cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,
in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:
quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:
utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:
ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,
for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:
haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,
Sall. C. 13, 4:
ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,
Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:
paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,
for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
(β).
Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:
ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;
(in the same sense: in rem,
Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):
ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,
Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:
ad frena leones,
Verg. A. 10, 253:
delecto ad naves milite,
marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:
servos ad remum,
rowers, id. 34, 6; and:
servos ad militiam emendos,
id. 22, 61, 2:
comparasti ad lecticam homines,
Cat. 10, 16:
Lygdamus ad cyathos,
Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:
puer ad cyathum statuetur,
Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
(γ).
Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:
haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,
id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:
causa ad objurgandum,
id. And. 1, 1, 123:
argumentum ad scribendum,
Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):
vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,
Cato R. R. 125:
nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,
Cic. Brut. 24:
reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,
Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:
homines ad hanc rem idoneos,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:
calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:
orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,
id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:
sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:
homo ad nullam rem utilis,
id. Off. 3, 6:
ad segetes ingeniosus ager,
Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
4.
Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:
ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:
ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:
terra ad universi caeli complexum,
compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,
Liv. 22, 22, 15:
at nihil ad nostram hanc,
nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
E.
Adverbial phrases with ad.
1.
Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:
ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,
Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
2.
Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:
nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,
Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:
his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,
Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
3.
Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):
ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
4.
Ad tempus.
a.
At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
b.
At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
c.
For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
d.
According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
5.
Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
a.
For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
b.
At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
6.
Ad locum, on the spot:
ut ad locum miles esset paratus,
Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
7.
Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
8.
Ad summam.
a.
On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
b.
In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
9.
Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
a.
At the end, finally, at last.
(α).
Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:
missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,
Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
(β).
Of time = telos de, at last, finally:
ibi ad postremum cedit miles,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
(γ).
of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;
ad extremum agere cum dignitate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
b.
In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:
consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,
id. 28, 28, 8.—
10.
Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
11.
Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
► a.
Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:
traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
b.
Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:
quam ad,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:
senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4:
ripam ad Araxis,
Tac. Ann. 12, 51;
or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,
id. ib. 12, 8.—
c.
The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
II.
In composition.
A.
Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
B.
Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
1.
Local.
a.
To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
b.
At, by: astare, adesse.—
c.
On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
d.
Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
2.
Fig.
a.
To: adjudico, adsentior.—
b.
At or on: admiror, adludo.—
c.
Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
d.
Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
e.
Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
f.
Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad
44 seguro

adj.

1 safe, sure, low-risk, risk-free.

2 safe.

3 confident, definite.

4 certain, sure, sure-enough, unfailing.

adv.

sure, surely.

m.

1 insurance, underwriting, assurance, insurance policy.

2 safety catch.

3 safety lock, latch.

4 safety-pin.

* * *

seguro

► adjetivo

1 (asegurado) secure

2 (a salvo) safe

3 (firme) firm, steady

4 (cierto) certain, sure

■ estoy segura de que fue allí I'm sure she went there

■ lo más seguro es que llegue tarde I'll probably be late

5 (de fiar) reliable

6 (confiado) confident

■ está muy seguro de sí mismo he's very self-confident

► nombre masculino seguro

1 (contrato, póliza) insurance

2 (mecanismo) safety device, safety catch

► adverbio

1 for sure, definitely

■ seguro que no definitely not

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a buen seguro without any doubt

dar algo por seguro to take something for granted

ir sobre seguro figurado to play safe

sentirse seguro,-a to feel safe

sobre seguro without risk

seguro a terceros third-party insurance

seguro a todo riesgo fully comprehensive insurance

seguro contra incendios fire insurance

seguro de vida life insurance

————————

seguro

► nombre masculino

1 (contrato, póliza) insurance

2 (mecanismo) safety device, safety catch

► adverbio

1 for sure, definitely

■ seguro que no definitely not

* * *
1. (f. - segura)
adj.

1) safe, secure

2) sure

3) reliable

4) self-assured, confident

5) firm, fixed
2. adv.
certainly
3. noun m.
1) insurance

2) fastener, clasp

* * *

1. ADJ

1) (=sin peligro)

a) [refugio, método, vehículo] safe

no te subas a esa escalera porque no es muy segura — don't go up that ladder, it's not very safe

a causa de una práctica sexual poco segura — due to unsafe sex

b) [persona, objetos de valor] safe

está más seguro en el banco — it's safer in the bank

el bebé se siente seguro cerca de su madre — the baby feels safe o secure close to its mother

2) (=sujeto, estable) secure

hay que atar mejor la carga porque no parece muy segura — the load needs to be fixed a bit better because it doesn't seem to be very securely attached o very secure

su trabajo no es nada seguro — his job is not at all secure

3) (=definitivo) [fracaso, muerte] certain

su dimisión no es segura — her resignation is not certain

aún no hay fecha segura — there's no definite date yet

• eso es lo más seguro — that's the most likely thing

lo más seguro es que no pueda ir — I almost certainly o most likely won't be able to go

• dar algo por seguro, si yo fuera tú no daría la victoria por segura — if I were you I wouldn't be sure of victory

se da por seguro que se trataba de un secuestro — there's little doubt that it was a kidnapping

• es seguro que..., es seguro que ganaremos la copa — we're bound o sure o certain to win the cup

lo que es seguro es que el congreso se celebrará en Barcelona — the conference is definitely going to be held in Barcelona

4) (=convencido) sure

¿estás seguro? — are you sure?

sí, estoy completamente segura — yes, I'm absolutely sure o positive

-¿estás seguro de que era él? -sí, segurísimo — "are you sure it was him?" - "yes, positive"

- vamos a ganar -pues yo no estaría tan seguro — "we're going to win" - "I wouldn't bet on it" o "I wouldn't be so sure"

• seguro de algo — sure of sth

nunca he visto un hombre tan seguro de sus opiniones — I've never seen a man so sure of his opinions

no estoy seguro de poder ir — I'm not sure I'll be able to go

no estés tan seguro de que vas a ganar — don't be so sure that you're going to win

5) [de uno mismo] confident

se muestra cada vez más seguro en el escenario — he is more and more sure of himself o confident on stage

me noto más segura al andar — I feel more steady on my feet, I feel more confident walking now

seguro de sí mismo — self-confident, self-assured

6) (=fiable) [fuente, cálculo, método] reliable

no es un método muy seguro — it's not a very reliable o sure method

es la forma más segura de adelgazar — it's the surest way to lose weight

7) LAm (=honesto) trustworthy

2.

ADV for sure, for certain

no lo sabemos seguro — we don't know for sure o certain

-¿seguro que te interesa? -sí, seguro — "are you sure that you're interested?" - "yes, I'm sure"

-estoy dispuesto a cambiar de actitud -sí, sí, seguro — iró "I'm willing to change my attitude" - "yeah, yeah, sure!" iró

seguro que algunos se alegrarán — some people will certainly be pleased, I'm sure that some people will be pleased

seguro que llueve mañana — it's sure to rain tomorrow

• a buen seguro, de seguro — certainly

a buen seguro o de seguro va a dar que hablar — it will certainly give people something to talk about

- ir o jugar sobre seguro

decidieron jugar sobre seguro contratando a un buen abogado — they decided to play (it) safe and hire a good lawyer

3. SM

1) (=dispositivo)

a) [de puerta, lavadora] lock; [de arma de fuego] safety catch; [de pulsera] clasp

echa el seguro, que van niños en el coche — lock the doors, there are children in the car

b) CAm, Méx (=imperdible) safety pin

2) (Com, Econ) insurance

¿tienes el seguro del coche? — have you got your car insurance documents with you?

• hacerse un seguro — to take out insurance

seguro a todo riesgo — comprehensive insurance

seguro contra terceros — third-party insurance

seguro de accidentes — accident insurance

seguro de crédito a la exportación — export credit guarantee

seguro de daños a terceros — third-party insurance

seguro de desempleo — unemployment benefit, unemployment compensation o insurance (EEUU)

seguro de enfermedad — health insurance

seguro de incendios — fire insurance

seguro de jubilación — retirement plan, pension plan, pension scheme

seguro de paro — Esp unemployment benefit, unemployment compensation o insurance (EEUU)

seguro de viaje — travel insurance

seguro de vida — life assurance, life insurance ( esp EEUU)

seguro marítimo — marine insurance

seguro mixto — endowment assurance, endowment insurance ( esp EEUU)

seguro multirriesgo — multirisk insurance

seguro mutuo — mutual insurance

seguro temporal — term insurance

3) * (=sistema médico) national health *

los médicos de pago y los del seguro — private doctors and national health o NHS ones

seguro social — LAm (=sistema de pensiones y paro) social security, welfare (EEUU); (=contribuciones) national insurance; (=sistema médico) national health service

* * *
I
- ra adjetivo

1)

a) [SER] ( exento de riesgo) safe

ese aeropuerto no es muy seguro — it's not a very safe airport

ese ascensor no es seguro — that elevator is not safe

ponlo en un lugar seguro — put it in a safe place

b) ( estable) secure

un trabajo seguro — a secure job

una inversión segura — a safe o secure investment

esa escalera no está segura — that ladder isn't safe o steady

sobre seguro: un político que sabe jugar sobre seguro a politician who knows how to play safe; sabía que iba sobre seguro — he knew he was onto a sure thing (colloq)

c) [SER] ( fiable)

un método anticonceptivo poco seguro — not a very reliable o safe method of birth control

el cierre de la pulsera es muy seguro — the fastener on the bracelet is very secure

d) [ESTAR] ( a salvo) safe

el dinero estará seguro aquí — the money will be safe here

a su lado se siente seguro — he feels safe when he's beside her

2)

a) [ESTAR] ( convencido) sure

no estoy seguro — I'm not sure

seguro DE algo — sure o certain of something

estoy absolutamente seguro de haberlo dejado aquí — I'm absolutely sure o certain (that) I left it here

no estaba seguro de haber elegido bien — he wasn't sure that he'd made the right choice

b) [SER] ( que no admite duda)

su triunfo es seguro — his victory is assured

iban a una muerte segura — they were heading for certain death

no me han dado fecha segura — they haven't given me a definite day

todavía no es seguro — it's not definite yet

se da por seguro — there seems to be little doubt about it

no te preocupes, seguro que no es nada — don't worry, I'm sure it's nothing

seguro que se le olvida — he's sure o bound to forget

a buen seguro — ( ciertamente) for certain; ( a salvo) safe

guárdalo a buen seguro — keep it safe, put it away for safe keeping

c) ( con confianza en sí mismo) self-assured, self-confident

es una persona muy segura de sí misma — he's a very self-confident person
II
masculino

1)

a) ( mecanismo - de armas) safety catch; (- de una pulsera, un collar) clasp, fastener

poner el seguro — to do up the clasp o fastener

echó el seguro antes de acostarse/arrancar — he locked the door before going to bed/starting the car

b) (Méx) ( imperdible) safety pin

2)

a) ( contrato) insurance

se sacó or se hizo un seguro — she took out insurance o an insurance policy

b) ( Seguridad Social)

el seguro or el Seguro — the state health care system, ≈ Medicaid ( in US), ≈ the National Health Service ( in UK)

se operó por el seguro — he had his operation through Medicaid/on the National Health

me lo recetó el seguro — I got the prescription on Medicaid (AmE), I got it on prescription (BrE)

•

- seguro contra or a todo riesgo

- seguro contra or de incendios

- seguro contra terceros

- seguro de desempleo

- seguro de enfermedad

- seguro de vida
III
adverbio

dijo que llegaría mañana seguro — she said she'd definitely be arriving tomorrow

no lo sabe seguro — she doesn't know for sure o certain

seguro que sospecha lo nuestro — I'm sure he suspects we're up to something

¿seguro que basta? - sí, seguro — (are you) sure that's enough? - yes, positive

esta vez dice la verdad - sí, seguro! — (iró) this time he's/she's telling the truth - oh yeah, sure (he/she is)! (colloq & iro)

* * *
I
- ra adjetivo

1)

a) [SER] ( exento de riesgo) safe

ese aeropuerto no es muy seguro — it's not a very safe airport

ese ascensor no es seguro — that elevator is not safe

ponlo en un lugar seguro — put it in a safe place

b) ( estable) secure

un trabajo seguro — a secure job

una inversión segura — a safe o secure investment

esa escalera no está segura — that ladder isn't safe o steady

sobre seguro: un político que sabe jugar sobre seguro a politician who knows how to play safe; sabía que iba sobre seguro — he knew he was onto a sure thing (colloq)

c) [SER] ( fiable)

un método anticonceptivo poco seguro — not a very reliable o safe method of birth control

el cierre de la pulsera es muy seguro — the fastener on the bracelet is very secure

d) [ESTAR] ( a salvo) safe

el dinero estará seguro aquí — the money will be safe here

a su lado se siente seguro — he feels safe when he's beside her

2)

a) [ESTAR] ( convencido) sure

no estoy seguro — I'm not sure

seguro DE algo — sure o certain of something

estoy absolutamente seguro de haberlo dejado aquí — I'm absolutely sure o certain (that) I left it here

no estaba seguro de haber elegido bien — he wasn't sure that he'd made the right choice

b) [SER] ( que no admite duda)

su triunfo es seguro — his victory is assured

iban a una muerte segura — they were heading for certain death

no me han dado fecha segura — they haven't given me a definite day

todavía no es seguro — it's not definite yet

se da por seguro — there seems to be little doubt about it

no te preocupes, seguro que no es nada — don't worry, I'm sure it's nothing

seguro que se le olvida — he's sure o bound to forget

a buen seguro — ( ciertamente) for certain; ( a salvo) safe

guárdalo a buen seguro — keep it safe, put it away for safe keeping

c) ( con confianza en sí mismo) self-assured, self-confident

es una persona muy segura de sí misma — he's a very self-confident person
II
masculino

1)

a) ( mecanismo - de armas) safety catch; (- de una pulsera, un collar) clasp, fastener

poner el seguro — to do up the clasp o fastener

echó el seguro antes de acostarse/arrancar — he locked the door before going to bed/starting the car

b) (Méx) ( imperdible) safety pin

2)

a) ( contrato) insurance

se sacó or se hizo un seguro — she took out insurance o an insurance policy

b) ( Seguridad Social)

el seguro or el Seguro — the state health care system, ≈ Medicaid ( in US), ≈ the National Health Service ( in UK)

se operó por el seguro — he had his operation through Medicaid/on the National Health

me lo recetó el seguro — I got the prescription on Medicaid (AmE), I got it on prescription (BrE)

•

- seguro contra or a todo riesgo

- seguro contra or de incendios

- seguro contra terceros

- seguro de desempleo

- seguro de enfermedad

- seguro de vida
III
adverbio

dijo que llegaría mañana seguro — she said she'd definitely be arriving tomorrow

no lo sabe seguro — she doesn't know for sure o certain

seguro que sospecha lo nuestro — I'm sure he suspects we're up to something

¿seguro que basta? - sí, seguro — (are you) sure that's enough? - yes, positive

esta vez dice la verdad - sí, seguro! — (iró) this time he's/she's telling the truth - oh yeah, sure (he/she is)! (colloq & iro)

* * *

seguro(de)

(adj.) = confident (in)

Ex: Experience of IT in USA is associated not infrequently with the confounding of confident expectations.

seguro¹

¹ = insurance.

Ex: Increasingly worrying to all however were the escalating cost of insurance, servicing and maintenance.

* actuario de seguros = actuary.

* agencias de seguros, las = insurance industry, the.

* agente de seguros = insurance agent, insurer, insurance broker.

* compañía de seguros = insurance company, insurer.

* compañia de seguros de vida = life-insurance company.

* contratación de seguros = insurance broking.

* contratar una póliza de seguros = take out + insurance policy.

* contratar un seguro = take out + insurance policy.

* corredor de seguros = insurance agent, insurance broker.

* hacerse una póliza de seguros = take out + insurance policy.

* hacerse un seguro = take out + insurance policy.

* impreso de solicitud de seguro = insurance form.

* mutua de seguros = mutual insurance company, mutual insurance society.

* oficina de seguros = insurance office.

* plan de seguros = insurance plan.

* póliza de seguro a todo riesgo = all risks cover.

* póliza de seguros = insurance coverage, insurance policy, insurance cover.

* póliza de seguros contra incendios = fire insurance policy.

* prima de seguro = insurance premium.

* seguro a todo riesgo = comprehensive insurance, all-risk insurance.

* seguro con franquicia = insurance with deductible.

* seguro contra indemnizaciones = indemnity policy.

* seguro contra indemnizaciones profesionales = indemnity insurance.

* seguro de automóvil = automobile insurance.

* seguro de coche = car insurance.

* seguro de coche sin determinación de culpabilidad = no-fault auto insurance.

* seguro de enfermedad = health insurance.

* seguro de incapacidad = disability insurance.

* seguro de invalidez = disability insurance.

* seguro de jubilación = retirement fund, retirement plan.

* seguro de la casa = home insurance.

* seguro dental = dental plan, dental insurance.

* seguro de responsabilidad civil = liability insurance.

* seguro de viaje = travel insurance.

* seguro de vida = life insurance.

* seguro de vida a término = term life insurance.

* seguro de vida vitalicio = whole life insurance.

* seguro médico = health insurance plan, health insurance, medical insurance.

* seguro mutualista = mutual insurance.

* seguro mutuo = mutual insurance.

* seguro por pérdida de un miembro del cuerpo = dismemberment insurance.

* seguro sin determinación de culpabilidad = no-fault insurance.

* seguro social = social insurance.

* sociedad de seguros mutuos = provident society, mutual benefit society.

seguro²

² = buffer.

Ex: This article surveys the causes of disintegration and the use of microforms as a buffer against imminent destruction.

seguro³

³ = latch.

Ex: The latch lever is plastic and seems like it might snap right off if you put too much pressure on it.

seguro⁴

= comfortable, dependable, reliable, safe [safer -comp., safest -sup.], secure, sure [surer -comp., surest -sup.], assertive, tight [tighter -comp., tightest -sup.], you bet!.

Ex: A modern comfortable library could look like that in Berlin's Tiergarten, with its opne-air gardens, or resemble Evanston's library with its comfortable chairs and elegant (and, one hopes, safe) fireplaces.

Ex: If the supplier is a dealer, then ensure that this is a reputable and dependable dealer who can provide help with installation, maintenance and support.

Ex: Computers are reliable, and less prone to error provided they are instructed or programmed appropriately and correctly.

Ex: A modern comfortable library could look like that in Berlin's Tiergarten, with its opne-air gardens, or resemble Evanston's library with its comfortable chairs and elegant (and, one hopes, safe) fireplaces.

Ex: An academic library should be secure to control user behaviour and loss of books.

Ex: The surest way to arrive at such a decision is to be guided by principles of helpful citation order.

Ex: I tried to say at the very outset of my remarks that there probably has not been sufficient consumer-like and assertive leverage exerted upon our chief suppliers.

Ex: The platen was lashed up tight to the toe of the spindle by cords which connected hooks at its four corners to another set of hooks at the four lower corners of the hose.

Ex: The article 'Computer games in the learning resources center? you bet!' discusses some of the benefits of using computer games in education.

* accidente seguro = accident waiting to happen.

* algo casi seguro = a sure bet, safe bet.

* algo es seguro = one thing is for sure.

* algo seguro = safe bet.

* blanco seguro = sitting duck.

* camino seguro al desastre = blueprint for disaster.

* camino seguro al éxito = blueprint for success.

* camino seguro al fracaso = blueprint for failure.

* conocer de seguro = know for + certain, know for + sure.

* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.

* de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].

* demasiado seguro de uno mismo = overconfident.

* deportista lento pero seguro = plodder.

* de seguro = for sure, for certain.

* de un modo seguro = securely.

* en un lugar seguro = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* en un sitio seguro = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.

* estar seguro = be sure, make + sure, set + your watch by.

* estar seguro de = be certain (of), be confident about, feel + confident.

* estar seguro de que = be confident that.

* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.

* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.

* jugar a lo seguro = play it + safe.

* jugar sobre seguro = play it + safe.

* no estar seguro = be uncertain.

* no estar seguro de = be unsure about/of.

* oportunidad casi segura = a sporting chance.

* poco seguro = dicey [dicier -comp., diciest -sup.].

* problema seguro = accident waiting to happen.

* puerto seguro = safe harbour.

* saber de seguro = know for + certain, know for + sure, know for + a fact.

* seguro (de) = confident (in).

* seguro de sí mismo = smug, assured, self-assured, poised.

* seguro de uno mismo = self-confident.

* sentirse más seguro de = gain + confidence (with/in).

* ser algo seguro = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a picnic, be duck soup.

* ser casi seguro = be a good bet.

* ser seguro = be on the cards.

* ser seguro que + Subjuntivo = be bound to + Infinitivo.

* terreno seguro = safe ground, solid ground.

* * *

seguro¹ -ra

adjective

A

1 [ SER] (exento de riesgo) safe

ese aeropuerto no es muy seguro it's not a very safe airport

no te subas a esa escalera, que no es segura don't climb that ladder, it's not safe

ponlo en un lugar seguro put it somewhere safe o in a safe place o in a secure place

buscan la inversión más segura they are looking for the safest o most secure investment

2 [ ESTAR] (estable) secure

tiene un trabajo bastante seguro she has a fairly secure job

esa escalera no está segura that ladder isn't safe o steady

el cuadro no se va a caer, está bien seguro the picture isn't going to fall, it's quite secure

ir a la segura: un lugar donde el que gusta comer bien va a la seguro a place which is a safe bet for people who like good food

sobre seguro: un político que sabe jugar sobre seguro a politician who knows how to play safe

sabía que iba sobre seguro he knew he was onto a sure thing o he knew it was a safe bet ( colloq)

3 [ SER]

(fiable): un método poco seguro para controlar la natalidad not a very reliable o safe method of birth control

el cierre de la pulsera es muy seguro the fastener on the bracelet is very secure

4 [ ESTAR] (a salvo) safe

el dinero estará seguro aquí the money will be safe here

aquí estarás seguro you'll be safe here

a su lado se siente seguro he feels safe when he's beside her

B

1 [ ESTAR] (convencido) sure

¿estás seguro? are you sure?

no estoy muy seguro, pero creo que ése es su nombre I'm not really sure but I think that's his name

seguro DE algo:

estoy absolutamente seguro de haberlo dejado aquí I'm absolutely sure o certain (that) I left it here

no estaba seguro de haber elegido bien he wasn't sure that he'd made the right choice

no estés tan seguro de eso don't (you) be so sure of that

estoy seguro de que vendrá I'm sure she'll come

estoy completamente segura de que te lo di I'm absolutely sure o I'm positive I gave it to you

2 [ SER]

(que no admite duda): su triunfo es seguro his victory is assured

iban a una muerte segura they were heading for certain death

todavía no es seguro pero creo que lo traerán it's not definite but I think they'll bring it

se da por seguro que ganarán it's seen as a foregone conclusion o there seems to be little doubt that they'll win

da por seguro que tan pronto como llegue se pondrá en contacto contigo you can be sure o rest assured that she'll contact you as soon as she arrives

lo más seguro es que no oyó el despertador he probably didn't hear the alarm clock

no te preocupes, seguro que no es nada don't worry, I'm sure it's nothing

a buen seguro (ciertamente) for certain; (a salvo) safe

guárdalo a buen seguro keep it safe, put it away for safe keeping

3 (con confianza en sí mismo) self-assured, self-confident

es una persona muy segura de sí misma he's a very confident o self-confident o self-assured person

seguro²

masculine

A

1 (mecanismo — de armas) safety catch; (— de una pulsera, un collar) clasp, fastener

no puse el seguro y se me cayó I didn't do up the clasp o fastener and it fell off

echó el seguro antes de acostarse/arrancar he locked the door before going to bed/starting the car

2 ( Méx) (imperdible) safety pin

Compuesto:

seguro antirrobo

(de coche) steering o wheel lock; (de bicicleta) wheel lock

B

1 (contrato) insurance

se sacó or se hizo un seguro she took out insurance o an insurance policy

2

(Seguridad Social): el seguro or el Seguro the state health care system, ≈ Medicaid ( in US), ≈ the National Health Service ( in UK)

¿cuando te operaste ibas particular o por el seguro? when you had your operation did you go private or have it done through Medicaid/on the National Health?

Compuestos:

● seguro ahorro

endowment insurance

● seguro catastrófico

(Chi, Col) insurance against illnesses which entail high treatment costs

● seguro contra or a todo riesgo

comprehensive insurance, all-risks insurance

● seguro contra or de incendios

fire insurance

● seguro contra terceros

liability insurance ( AmE), third-party insurance ( BrE)

● seguro de accidentes

accident insurance

● seguro de desempleo

unemployment benefit

● seguro de enfermedad

medical insurance, health insurance

● seguro de viaje

travel insurance

● seguro de vida

life assurance, life insurance

● seguro personal de accidentes

personal accident insurance

● seguro social

social insurance

● seguro temporal

term assurance

seguro³

adverb

dijo que llegaría mañana seguro she said she'd definitely be arriving tomorrow

no ha dicho seguro si vendrá he hasn't said definitely o for certain whether he's coming

no lo sabe seguro she doesn't know for sure o certain

seguro que sospecha lo nuestro I'm sure he suspects we're up to something

seguro que llamó y no estábamos I bet she called and we weren't in

¿seguro que tienes suficiente dinero? — sí, seguro (are you) sure you have enough money? — yes, positive

estoy convencido de que esta vez dice la verdad — ¡sí, seguro! ( iró); I'm convinced that this time he's telling the truth — oh yeah, sure (he is)! ( colloq iro)

* * *

seguro 1
◊ -ra adjetivo

1
a) [SER] ( exento de riesgo) safe;

◊ en un lugar seguro in a safe place

b) ( estable) secure;

◊ un trabajo seguro a secure job;

esa escalera no está segura that ladder isn't safe o steady
c) [SER] ( fiable) ‹test/método› reliable;

‹ anticonceptivo› safe;
◊ el cierre de la pulsera es muy seguro the fastener on the bracelet is very secure

d) [ESTAR] ( a salvo) safe

2
a) [ESTAR] ( convencido) sure;

◊ no estoy seguro I'm not sure;

seguro DE algo sure o certain of sth
b) [SER] ( que no admite duda) ‹muerte/victoria› certain;

‹ fecha› definite;
◊ todavía no es seguro it's not definite yet;

no te preocupes, seguro que no es nada don't worry, I'm sure it's nothing;
seguro que se le olvida he's sure o bound to forget
c) ( con confianza en sí mismo) self-assured, self-confident

seguro 2 sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( mecanismo — de armas) safety catch;

(— de pulsera, collar) clasp, fastener;
◊ echó el seguro antes de acostarse he locked the door before going to bed

b) (Méx) ( imperdible) safety pin

2
a) ( contrato) insurance;

seguro contra or a todo riesgo comprehensive insurance, all-risks insurance;
seguro contra or de incendios fire insurance;
◊ seguro de desempleo unemployment benefit;

seguro de viaje travel insurance;
seguro de vida life assurance, life insurance
b) ( Seguridad Social): el seguro or el Sseguro the state health care system, ≈ Medicaid ( in US), ≈ the National Health Service ( in UK)

■ adverbio:
◊ dijo que llegaría mañana seguro she said she'd definitely be arriving tomorrow;

no lo sabe seguro she doesn't know for sure o certain;
seguro que sospecha lo nuestro I'm sure he suspects we're up to something
seguro,-a
I adjetivo
1 es una persona muy segura (de sí misma), he's very self-confident
2 (convencido, sin dudas) sure, definite: estaba segura de que vendrías, I was sure you would come
3 (garantizado, cierto) assured: su dimisión es prácticamente segura, his resignation is almost certain
4 (sin peligro) safe
un lugar seguro, a safe place
5 (sin temor, riesgo) secure: no se siente seguro, he doesn't feel secure
es una inversión muy segura, it's a safe investment
6 (paso, voz) steady, firm
II sustantivo masculino
1 Com insurance
seguro a todo riesgo, fully comprehensive insurance
seguro de vida, life insurance
2 (de un arma) safety catch o device
(de una puerta) pásale el seguro a la puerta, bolt the door
III adverbio for sure, definitely
♦ Locuciones: ir sobre seguro, to play safe
tener algo por seguro, to be sure of sthg

' seguro' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
asegurarse
- cierta
- cierto
- cobertura
- confiada
- confiado
- esperar
- liquidez
- ocho
- prima
- riesgo
- santuario
- segura
- servidor
- servidora
- sexo
- sí
- tener
- asegurado
- bien
- confiar
- desenfadado
- montaje
- ojalá
- que
- tercero
English:
agenda
- assurance
- back up
- bet
- bound
- burglar alarm
- certain
- claim
- clear
- comprehensive
- confident
- dead
- define
- dependable
- doubt
- endowment
- extortionate
- insurance
- insurance premium
- itemize
- life insurance
- low-cost
- ought
- overconfident
- play
- policy
- positive
- premium
- quite
- safe
- safety
- safety catch
- secure
- self-assured
- self-confident
- steadily
- steady
- sure
- travel insurance
- uncertain
- unsure
- certainly
- certainty
- death
- definite
- definitely
- diffident
- dollar
- health
- including

* * *

seguro, -a

♦ adj

1. [sin peligro] safe;

el medio de transporte más seguro the safest means of transport;

¿es éste un lugar seguro? is it safe here?;

aquí estaremos seguros we'll be safe here;

es una inversión segura it's a safe investment;

prefiero ir sobre seguro I'd rather play (it) safe;

más vale ir sobre seguro y llamar antes we'd better ring first, to be safe

2. [protegido, estable] secure;

un trabajo seguro a secure job;

esta mesa no está segura this table isn't very steady;

¿irán las botellas seguras ahí atrás? are the bottles safe in the back there?

3. [fiable, infalible] reliable;

un método seguro para combatir o [m5] contra los catarros a sure-fire cure for colds

4. [indudable, cierto] definite, certain;

creo que sí, pero no es seguro I think so, but I'm not certain o but it's not definite;

su nombramiento es seguro he's certain to be given the post;

ya sabemos la fecha segura de su llegada we've now got a definite date for his arrival;

no es seguro que vengan they're not definitely coming, they're not certain to come;

lo puedes dar por seguro you can be sure of it;

ya daban la victoria por segura they were sure that they had won;

tener por seguro que… to be sure (that)…;

ten por seguro que vendrá you can be sure (that) she'll come;

¿crees que nos ayudará? – a buen seguro, de seguro do you think she'll help us? – I'm sure she will;

a buen seguro que pone alguna pega he's certain to find something wrong with it

5. [convencido] sure;

¿estás seguro? are you sure?;

no estoy muy seguro I'm not too sure;

estar seguro de algo to be sure about o of sth;

estoy seguro de ello I'm sure of it;

estamos seguros de que te gustará we're sure you'll like it;

no estoy seguro de habérselo dicho I'm not sure I told him;

estaba segura de vencer she was confident of winning

6. [con confianza en uno mismo] self-assured, self-confident;

se le ve un tipo muy seguro he's very self-assured o self-confident;

ser seguro de sí mismo, ser una persona segura de sí misma to be self-assured o self-confident

♦ nm

1. [contrato] insurance;

contratar o [m5] hacerse un seguro to take out insurance

Comp
seguro de accidentes accident insurance;
seguro de asistencia en viaje travel insurance;

seguro del automóvil car insurance;

seguro de cambio exchange rate hedge;

seguro de la casa buildings insurance;

seguro de enfermedad private health insurance;

seguro de hogar buildings insurance;

seguro de o contra incendios fire insurance;

seguro médico private health insurance;

seguro multirriesgo comprehensive insurance;

seguro mutuo joint insurance;

seguro de responsabilidad civil liability insurance;

seguro a todo riesgo comprehensive insurance;

seguro a terceros liability insurance;

seguro de viaje travel insurance;

seguro de vida life insurance o assurance

2. Fam
el seguro [la seguridad social] Br ≈ the National Health, US ≈ Medicaid;

ir al seguro to go to the hospital;

ese tratamiento no lo cubre el seguro ≈ you can't get that treatment on Br the National Health o US Medicaid

Comp
seguro de desempleo unemployment benefit;
seguro de incapacidad disability benefit;

seguro de invalidez disability benefit;

seguro de paro unemployment benefit

3. [dispositivo] safety device;
[de armas] safety catch; [en automóvil] door lock catch;
echa o [m5] pon el seguro lock the car door

4. CAm, Méx [imperdible] safety pin

♦ adv

for sure, definitely;

¿vienes seguro? are you definitely coming?;

no lo sé seguro I don't know for sure;

seguro que vendrá she's bound o certain o sure to come;

seguro que suspendo I'm bound o certain o sure to fail;

seguro que ahora va y se lo cuenta todo a ella I bet she's going to go and tell her everything;

¿seguro que no necesitas nada? – sí, sí, seguro are you sure you don't need anything? – yes, I'm sure

* * *

seguro

I adj

1 tratamiento, puente safe;

ir sobre seguro be on the safe side

2 ( estable) steady

3 ( cierto) sure;

es seguro it’s a certainty;

dar algo por seguro be sure about sth;

no estoy tan seguro I’m not so sure;

a buen seguro definitely

4 persona

:

seguro de sí mismo self-confident, sure of o.s.

II adv for sure

III m

1 COM insurance

2 de puerta, coche lock;

poner el seguro lock the door

3 L.Am.

para ropa etc safety pin

* * *

seguro adv

: certainly, definitely

va a llover, seguro: it's going to rain for sure

¡seguro que sí!: of course!

seguro, -ra adj

1) : safe, secure

2) : sure, certain

estoy segura que es él: I'm sure that's him

3) : reliable, trustworthy

4) : self-assured

seguro nm

1) : insurance

seguro de vida: life insurance

2) : fastener, clasp

3) Mex : safety pin

* * *

seguro¹ adj

1. (en general) safe

las medicinas deben guardarse en un lugar seguro medicine must be kept in a safe place

2. (estable) secure

tiene un trabajo seguro he's got a secure job

3. (convencido) sure

estoy seguro de que no va a defraudarnos I'm sure he won't let us down

seguro² adv for certain

lo sé seguro I know for certain

seguro que... I bet... / to be bound...

seguro que se ha olvidado I bet he's forgotten / he's bound to have forgotten

seguro³ n

1. (contrato) insurance

me he hecho un seguro de vida I've taken out life insurance

2. (mecanismo) safety catch

echó el seguro de las puertas del coche he put the safety catch on the car doors

Spanish-English dictionary > seguro
45 त्रि _tri

त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].

-Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.

-2 a third part.

-3 three-fourths.

-अक्ष a. triocular.

-अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.

-अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.

-2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).

-3 a genealogist. (

-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.

-अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.

-2 a sort of colly- rium. (

-टः) N. of Śiva.

-अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).

-अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.

-अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.

-अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.

-अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.

-अधिष्ठानः the soul. (

नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.

-अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).

-अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (

-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.

-अब्द a. three years old.

-ब्दम् three years taken collectively.

-अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.

-अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī

-अशीत a. eighty-third.

-अशीतिः f. eighty-three.

-अष्टन् a. twenty-four.

-अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (

-स्रम्) a triangle.

-अहः 1 a period of three days.

-2 a festival lasting three days.

-आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.

-आहिक a.

1 performed or produced in three days.

-2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).

-3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.

-ऋचम् (

तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.

-ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.

-ककुद् m.

1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.

-2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.

-3 the highest, chief.

-4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.

-ककुभ् m. Ved.

1 Indra.

-2 Indra's thunderbolt.

-कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.

-कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.

-करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.

-कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).

-काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.

-कायः N. of Buddha.

-कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.

-2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (

-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)

1 a divine sage, seer.

-2 a deity.

-3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.

1 a Buddha.

-2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).

-कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.

-कूटम् sea-salt.

कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.

-कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.

(-णः) 1 a triangle.

-2 the vulva.

-खम् 1 tin.

-2 a cucumber.

-खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.

-क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.

-गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.

-गत a.

1 tripled.

-2 done in three days.

-गर्ताः (pl.)

1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.

-2 the people or rulers of that country.

-3 a particular mode of calculation.

-गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.

-2 a woman in general.

-3 a pearl.

-4 a kind of cricket.

-गुण a.

1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.

-2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.

-3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (

-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.

-णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.

(-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.

-चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.

-चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.

-चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.

-जगत् n.

-जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.

-जटः an epithet of Śiva.

-जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.

-जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).

-जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.

-णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.

-णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.

-णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.

-णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.

-2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.

-णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).

-णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.

-तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.

-दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.

-2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (

-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.

-दण्डिन् m.

1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.

-2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.

-दशाः (pl.)

1 thirty.

-2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (

-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः

1 heaven.

-2 the mountain Meru.

-3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः

1 Indra.

-2 Śiva.

-3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः

1 Agni.

-2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.

-दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.

-दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.

-2 sky, atmosphere.

-3 paradise.

-4 happi- ness. (

-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः

1 an epithet of Indra.

-2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा

1 the Ganges.

-2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.

-दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.

-धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.

-धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;

-तुम् 1 the triple world.

-2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.

-धामन् m.

1 N. of Viṣṇu.

-2 of Vyāsa;

-3 of Śiva.

-4 of Agni.

-5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.

-धारा the Ganges.

-नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.

- नवत a. ninety-third.

-नवतिः f. ninety three.

-नयना Pārvat&imacr.

-नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.

-नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.

-नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.

-पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.

-पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.

-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.

-पुटः glass (काच).

-पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.

-2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.

-पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.

-पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.

-2 a place where three roads meet. (

-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.

-पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.

1 Viṣṇu.

-2 fever (personified).

-पद a. three-footed. (

-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.

-पदिका 1 a tripod.

-2 a stand with three feet.

-पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.

-2 the Gāyatrī metre.

-3 a tripod.

-4 the plant गोधापदी.

-परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.

-पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.

-पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).

-2 the figure formed by such intersection.

-पाटिका a beak.

पाठिन् a.

1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.

-2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.

-पादः 1 the Supreme Being.

-2 fever.

-पाद् a.

1 having three feet.

-2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.

-3 trinomial. (-m.)

1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.

-2 the Supreme Being.

-पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).

-पुट a. triangular.

(-टः) 1 an arrow.

-2 the palm of the hand.

-3 a cubit.

-4 a bank or shore.

-पुटकः a triangle.

-पुटा an epithet of Durgā.

-पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.

-पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.

-पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.

-2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (

-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.

(-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.

-2 N. of a country.

-पुरुष a

1 having the length of three men.

-2 having three assistants. (

-षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.

-पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (

ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.

-पौरुष a.

1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.

2 offered to three (as oblations).

-3 inherited from three (as an estate).

-प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.

-फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).

-बन्धनः the individual soul.

-बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.

1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.

-2 the anus.

-बलीकम् the anus.

-बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.

-ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.

-भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.

-भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.

-भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.

-भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.

-2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.

-भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).

-भुजम् a triangle.

-भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.

-भूमः a palace with three floors.

-मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.

-मधु n.

-मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.

-2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).

-3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.

-4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.

-मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.

-मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.

-मुखः an epithet of Buddha.

-मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.

-मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.

-2 Buddha, or Jina.

-मूर्धन् m.

1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.

-2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.

-यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.

-यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.

-यामकम् sin.

-यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.

-2 turmeric.

-3 the Indigo plant.

-4 the river Yamuṇā.

-युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.

-योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).

-रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.

-रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (

-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (

-त्रम्) a period of three nights.

-रेखः a conch-shell.

-लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.

-2 possessing the three Guṇas. (

-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (

-गी) the three genders taken collectively.

-लोकम् the three worlds. (

-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of

1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.

-2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.

-लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.

-लोचनः Śiva.

(-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.

-वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.

-2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.

-3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.

-4 the three higher castes.

-5 the three myrobalans.

-6 propriety, decorum.

-वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.

-वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.

-वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)

-वली the anus.

-वारम् ind. three times, thrice.

-विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.

-विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.

-विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.

-विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.

-2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.

-वृत् a.

1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.

-2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)

1 a sacrifice.

-2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.

-3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.

-वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).

-वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.

-वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.

-2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.

-वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.

-शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.

-शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]

-2 the Chātaka bird.

-3 a cat.

-4 a grass-hopper.

-5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.

-शत a. three hundred.

(-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.

-2 three hundred.

-शरणः a Buddha.

-शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).

-शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.

-शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.

-शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.

-2 a crown or crest (with three points).

-शिरस् m.

1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.

-2 an epithet of Kubera.

-3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.

-शीर्षः Śiva.

-शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.

-शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.

-2 a triangle.

-शोकः the soul.

-षष्टिः f. sixty-three.

-ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.

-संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also

-त्रिसवनम् (

-षवणम्); Ms.11.216.

-संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.

-सप्तत a. seventy-third.

-सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.

-सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.

-सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.

-सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.

-सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.

-सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.

-साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.

-सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.

-साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.

-सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).

-2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.

-स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.

-स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.

1 having 3 dwelling places.

-2 extending through the 3 worlds.

-स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.

-सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).

-हायण a. three years old.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > त्रि _tri
46 μετά

μετά (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. and acc., in the NT not (B-D-F §203; Rob. 610) w. dat.—For lit. s. ἀνά, beg.; also for μετά (and σύν) Tycho Mommsen, Beiträge zu d. Lehre v. den griech. Präp. 1895. Basic idea: ‘in the vicinity of ’.

A. w. gen. with

① marker of placement, with, among, in company with someone (Gen 42:5; EpArist 180; En 22:13; 99:10; PsSol 4:6; JosAs 10:3 al.) or someth. ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων he was among the wild animals Mk 1:13 (Diog. L. 6, 92 μόσχοι μετὰ λύκων). ἦν συγκαθήμενος μ. τῶν ὑπηρετῶν he sat down among the servants 14:54. μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη he was classed among the criminals Mk 15:28; Lk 22:37. τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μ. τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει he will assign him his lot among the faithless (unbelievers?) Lk 12:46; cp. Mt 24:51. ζῆτειν τὸν ζῶντα μ. τῶν νεκρῶν seek the living among the dead Lk 24:5. μὴ γογγύζετε μετʼ ἀλλήλων do not grumble among yourselves J 6:43. εἱστήκει Ἰούδας μετʼ αὐτῶν 18:5. ἡ σκηνὴ τ. θεοῦ μετὰ τ. ἀνθρώπων Rv 21:3a. μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν in the midst of the clouds 1:7.

② marker of assoc. in gener. sense denoting the company within which someth. takes place, with

ⓐ w. gen. of pers. in company w. whom someth. takes place

α. w. verbs of going, remaining, etc. προσέρχεσθαι μ. τινος come (in company) with someone Mt 20:20; cp. 5:41; Mk 1:29; 3:7; 5:24, 37; 11:11; 14:17; Lk 2:51; 6:17; 9:49; 14:31; J 3:22b; 11:54; Ac 24:1; Gal 2:1. Angels accompanying the Messiah Mt 25:31; cp. 16:27; Mk 8:38; 1 Th 3:13; 2 Th 1:7. περιπατεῖν μ. τινος (Menand., Fgm. 178 Kö., Sam. 587f S. [242f Kö.]; ApcEsdr 6:12) J 6:66. γίνεσθαι μ. τινος be, remain with someone Ac 7:38; 9:19; 20:18; AcPlCor 2:4 (ApcMos 2 ἐγένοντο μ. ἀλλήλων). οἱ μ. αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his companions Mk 16:10. μένειν μ. τινος stay with someone 1J 2:19 (ParJer 3:15). ζήσασα μ. ἀνδρός Lk 2:36. ἀκολουθεῖν μ. τινος follow (after) someone Rv 6:8; 14:13 (s. ἀκολουθέω 2).

β. used w. trans. verbs ἄγειν τινὰ μ. ἑαυτοῦ bring someone along (s. ἄγω 1b) 2 Ti 4:11. παραλαμβάνειν τινὰ μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ take or bring someone along (as a companion) (Gen 22:3) Mt 12:45; 18:16; Mk 14:33. ἔχειν τι μ. ἑαυτοῦ have someth. with oneself: bread 8:14; τινά someone (PGM 4, 1952): the lame Mt 15:30; the poor Mk 14:7; Mt 26:11; J 12:8; the bridegroom Mk 2:19b. Pass. συγκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τ. ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων he was chosen (to serve) with the eleven apostles Ac 1:26 (cp. Himerius, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 3 μετὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀριθμούμενος=numbered with the gods).

γ. esp. εἶναι μ. τινος be with someone, in someone’s company.

א. lit. of close association: the disciples w. Jesus Mt 26:69, 71; Mk 3:14; 14:67; Lk 22:59; J 15:27; 17:24. Also of accompaniment for a short time Mt 5:25; J 3:26; 9:40; 12:17; 20:24, 26. Of Jesus’ association w. his disciples 13:33; 14:9; 16:4; 17:12. Of relations between the superintendent and the congregation μετὰ τ. ἐπισκόπου εἶναι be with, on the side of, the supervisor/bishop IPhld 3:2. οἱ μ. τινος (sc. ὄντες) someone’s friends, companions, etc. (Diod S 17, 96, 2 οἱ μεθʼ Ἡρακλέους; SIG 175, 5; 659, 5; 826e II, 30; Am 4:2; 8:10; Gen 24:59; 1 Macc 7:23; JosAs 27:7; AscIs 2:15; 3:6, 14; Jos., Vi. 397, Ant. 7, 20; Just., D. 8, 3 al.) Mt 12:3f; 26:51; Mk 1:36; 2:25; Lk 6:3f. Of things ἄλλα πλοῖα ἦν μ. αὐτοῦ other boats were with him, accompanied him Mk 4:36. ὁ μισθός μου μετʼ ἐμοῦ (sc. ἐστιν) Rv 22:12. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ the fire (of judgment) awaits him (the interpretation of the Armenian text; sim. the Lat.) AcPlCor 2:37.

ב. in ref. to supportiveness be with someone, stand by, help someone of God’s help (Gen 21:20; 26:3; 28:20 al.; Jos., Ant. 15, 138) J 3:2; 8:29; 16:32; Ac 7:9 (cp. Gen 39:2, 21); 10:38; cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 8:8); Lk 1:28; Ro 15:33. Of God’s hand (1 Ch 4:10) Lk 1:66; Ac 11:21. Of Christ: Mt 28:20; Ac 18:10.

ג. a favorite expr. in conclusions of letters ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ εἰρήνης ἔσται μ. ὑμῶν will be with you 2 Cor 13:11; cp. Phil 4:9; ὁ κύριος κτλ. 2 Th 3:16 (cp. Ruth 2:4); 2 Ti 4:22. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ μ. ὑμῶν (sc. ἔσται) 1 Cor 16:23; cp. 1 Th 5:28; 1 Cl 65:2. μ. τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25; 21:9. μ. πάντων ὑμῶν 2 Th 3:18; cp. Eph 6:24. Short and to the point: ἡ χάρις μ. ὑμῶν Col 4:18; 1 Ti 6:21; cp. Tit 3:15; Hb 13:25. ἔσται μεθʼ ἡμῶν χάρις ἔλεος εἰρήνη 2J 3.—ἡ ἀγάπη μου μ. πάντων ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ my love is with you all in Christ Jesus 1 Cor 16:24. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τ. θεοῦ καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 2 Cor 13:13 (WvanUnnik, Dominus Vobiscum: liturg. formula, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 270–305; on the Trinitarian formula s. the lit. on πνεῦμα 8).—In the expr. ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μ. αὐτῶν Ac 14:27; 15:4 (cp. Hs 5, 1, 1) ὤν could be supplied what God has done in helping them; but ποιεῖν can just as well go w. μ. αὐτῶν has done for them, after the analogy of עָשָׂה עִם פּ׳ (Tob 12:6; 13:7 ἃ ποιήσει μεθʼ ὑμῶν; Jdth 8:26 ὅσα ἐποίησεν μετὰ Ἀβραάμ; 15:10; 1 Macc 10:27. In addition, cp. BGU 798, 8 εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῇ ἡμῶν δεσποίνῃ εἰς πάντα τὰ καλὰ ἃ ἐποίησεν μετὰ τ. δούλων αὐτῆς. But s. also LMaloney, ‘All That God Had Done with Them’ ’91, 118–21: God works ‘with’ the apostles and ‘through’ them). Here also belongs ποιεῖν ἔλεος μ. τινος have mercy on someone, show mercy to someone (Gen 24:12; 2 Km 3:8; JosAs 23:4) Lk 1:72; 10:37 (MWilcox, The Semitisms in Ac, ’65, 84f). ἐμεγάλυνεν κύριος τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτῆς the Lord has shown great mercy to her 1:58 (cp. 1 Km 12:24; Ps 125:2f).—In πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μ. τοῦ προσώπου σου Ac 2:28=Ps 15:11 the LXX has literally translated אֶת־פָּנֶיךָ; it means in your presence.

ד. in ref. to taking sides or being allied in some way with someone: in contrast to εἶναι κατά τινος be against someone is εἶναι μ. τινος be with someone, on someone’s side Mt 12:30a; Lk 11:23a (AFridrichsen, ZNW 13, 1912, 273–80).

ⓑ to denote the company in which an activity or experience takes place: ἀνακεῖσθαι μ. τινος recline at table with someone (for a meal) Mt 26:20. ἀνακλιθῆναι 8:11; cp. Lk 24:30. βασιλεύειν Rv 20:4, 6. γρηγορεῖν Mt 26:38, 40. δειπνεῖν Rv 3:20 (TestJob 15:2). δουλεύειν Gal 4:25. ἐμπαίζειν Mt 27:41. ἐσθίειν 9:11; 24:49; Mk 2:16ab; 14:14, 18; Lk 5:30 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 9 [Stone p. 10]). ἠρώτα … ἵνα φάγῃ μ. αὐτοῦ he asked (him) to eat with him 7:36 (cp. TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 21 [Stone p. 68]; JosAs 7:1). εὐφραίνεσθαι 15:29; Ro 15:10 (Dt 32:43). κλαίειν 12:15b. κληρονομεῖν Gal 4:30 (Gen 21:10; Just., D. 26, 1; cp. συγκληρονομεῖν JosAs 24:9). πίνειν Mt 26:29. ποιεῖν τὸ πάσχα celebrate the Passover (with someone) 26:18. συνάγειν 12:30b; Lk 11:23b. συνεσθίειν Gal 2:12. ταράττεσθαι Mt 2:3. τρώγειν J 13:1 v.l. χαίρειν Ro 12:15a.

ⓒ The associative aspect can also derive expression from the fact that two opposite parties exert influence upon one another or that one party brings the other to adopt a corresponding, and therefore common, attitude

α. in friendly, or at least not in hostile, fashion: εἰρηνεύειν (3 Km 22:45) Ro 12:18; cp. 2 Ti 2:22; Hb 12:14. εὐθηνίαν ἔχειν Hm 2:3. κοινωνίαν ἔχειν 1J 1:3a, 7. λαλεῖν μετά τινος (cp. Gen 31:24, 29; 1 Macc 7:15) Mk 6:50; J 4:27ab. συλλαλεῖν μ. τινος Mt 17:3; Ac 25:12. συμβούλιον διδόναι Mk 3:6. συνάγεσθαι Mt 28:12; J 18:2. συνᾶραι λόγον Mt 18:23; 25:19. ἐγένοντο φίλοι ὅ τε. Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πιλᾶτος μετʼ ἀλλήλων Lk 23:12. οἱ μοιχεύοντες μετʼ αὐτῆς those who commit adultery with her Rv 2:22. πορνεύειν (cp. Ezk 16:34; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 7 [Stone p. 24]) 17:2; 18:3, 9. μολύνεσθαι 14:4 (cp. En 12:4 τῶν γυναικῶν ἐμιάνθησαν).

β. in hostile fashion; after verbs of fighting, quarreling, etc. to denote the pers. w. whom the strife is being carried on πολεμεῖν μ. τινος carry on war with = against someone (נִלְחַם עִם פּ׳ 1 Km 17:33; 3 Km 12:24; ParJer 7:10. But s. also OGI 201, 3 ἐπολέμησα μετὰ τῶν Βλεμύων; BGU 1035, 9; 11. Also in Mod. Gk. [AThumb, Hdb. der neugriech. Volkssprache² 1910 §162, 1 note]) Rv 2:16; 12:7; 13:4; 17:14 (B-D-F §193, 4; Rob. 610). Also πόλεμον ποιεῖν (Gen 14:2; 1 Ch 5:19) 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:21 Theod.); 19:19. ζητεῖν μ. τινος deliberate or dispute w. someone J 16:19; cp. 3:25 (cp. ApcEsdr 2:6 δικάζου μεθʼ ἡμῶν). κρίνεσθαι go to law w. someone 1 Cor 6:6. κρίματα ἔχειν μ. τινος have lawsuits w. someone vs. 7.

ⓓ of any other relation betw. persons, whether already existing or brought about in some manner εἶδον τὸ παιδίον μ. Μαρίας Mt 2:11. ἀνταποδοῦναι ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν μ. ἡμῶν 2 Th 1:7. ἐκδέχομαι αὐτὸν μ. τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 Cor 16:11. Of delegations, composed of several units Mt 22:16; 2 Cor 8:18. συμφωνεῖν Mt 20:2.

ⓔ of things ὧν τὸ αἷμα ἔμιξεν μ. τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν Lk 13:1. Pass. πιεῖν οἶνον μ. χολῆς μεμιγμένον Mt 27:34.

ⓕ to show a close connection betw. two nouns, upon the first of which the main emphasis lies (Thu. 7, 75, 3 λύπη μ. φόβου; Pla., Rep. 9, 591b ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας λαμβάνειν; Ar. 11:2 τόξον ἔχειν μ. φαρέτρας) ἀγάπη μ. πίστεως Eph 6:23. πίστις μ. σωφροσύνης 1 Ti 2:15. εὐσέβεια μ. αὐταρκείας 6:6. Cp. Eph 4:2b; Col 1:11; 1 Ti 1:14. φάρμακον μ. οἰνομέλιτος ITr 6:2.

③ marker of attendant circumstances of someth. that takes place, with

ⓐ of moods, emotions, wishes, feelings, excitement, states of mind or body (Xenophon Eph. 1, 15, 5 μ. ἀδείας; 2, 10, 4 μ. ἐπιμελείας; PAmh II, 133, 11 μετὰ πολλῶν κόπων; PLond II, 358, 8 p. 172 [II A.D.]; SIG index IV p. 445f; LXX [Johannessohn, Präp. 209ff]; En et al.) μ. αἰδοῦς with modesty 1 Ti 2:9. μ. αἰσχύνης with shame (s. αἰσχύνη 2) Lk 14:9. μ. εὐνοίας Eph 6:7. μ. εὐχαριστίας Phil 4:6; 1 Ti 4:3f; cp. Ac 24:3. μετὰ χαρᾶς (2 Macc 15:28; 3 Macc 5:21; 6:34; En 10:16; PsSol 8:16 al.; s. χαρά 1a) 1 Th 1:6; Hb 10:34; 13:17; cp. Phil 2:29. μ. φόβου καὶ τρόμου 2 Cor 7:15; Eph 6:5; Phil 2:12. μ. φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς Mt 28:8. μ. πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 Pt 3:16. μ. παρρησίας (Lev 26:13; 1 Macc 4:18; s. παρρησία 3a) Ac 2:29; 4:29, 31; 28:31; Hb 4:16. μ. πεποιθήσεως 1 Cl 31:3. μ. σπουδῆς (3 Macc 5:24, 27; Mel., P. 12, 80) Mk 6:25; Lk 1:39. μ. ταπεινοφροσύνης Eph 4:2a; cp. Ac 20:19. μ. ὀργῆς (3 Macc 6:23; TestJob 4:4) Mk 3:5. μ. δακρύων in tears (3 Macc 1:16; 4:2; 5:7; TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 19 [Stone p. 20]; 14 p. 94, 21 [St. p. 36]; JosAs 28:8; ApcEsdr 6:23; s. δάκρυον) Mk 9:24 v.l.; Hb 5:7; 12:17. μ. εἰρήνης (s. εἰρήνη 1b) Ac 15:33; Hb 11:31.

ⓑ of other accompanying phenomena (Antig. Car. 148 μετὰ φλογὸς καίεσθαι) μ. διωγμῶν though with persecutions Mk 10:30. μ. ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν 1 Ti 4:14. μ. νηστειῶν Ac 14:23. μ. θορύβου (Jos., Ant. 5, 216) 24:18. μ. παρακλήσεως 2 Cor 8:4. μ. παρατηρήσεως Lk 17:20. μ. ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας Ac 27:10 (s. ὕβρις 3). μ. φαντασίας 25:23. μ. δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης Mt 24:30; Mk 13:26; Lk 21:27 (Just., A I, 50, 1 al. μ. δόξης, D. 132, 1 w. δυνάμεως). μ. ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς Ac 26:12 (Jos., Ant. 20, 180 μετʼ ἐξουσίας). μ. βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξάγειν τινά (s. βραχίων) Ac 13:17. μ. φωνῆς μεγάλης w. a loud voice Lk 17:15 (cp. EpArist 235; 281; JosAs 28:9). μ. σάλπιγγος with a trumpet call Mt 24:31 (Plut., Mor. 1135f μετʼ αὐλῶν=with the sound of flutes). σφραγίσαντες τ. λίθον μετὰ τ. κουστωδίας makes the stationing of the guard an accompaniment to the sealing of the stone Mt 27:66 (another possibility here is the instrumental use of μετά [Lycurgus the orator 124 μ. παραδειγμάτων διδάσκειν; SEG VIII, 246, 8 μετὰ κυνῶν—an instrument of torture—βασανίσαι; CWessely, Neue griech. Zauberpap. 1893, 234 γράφε μ. μέλανος; 2 Macc 6:16]: secure the stone by means of a guard; s. σφραγίζω 1).

ⓒ of concrete objects, which serve as equipment (Appian, Maced. 9 §4 μετὰ χρυσῶν στεφάνων; POxy 123, 15; 19 μετὰ τῶν χλαμύδων εἰσβῆναι; 1 Esdr 5:57; Jdth 15:13; TestJob 24:10 μ. ψαλίδος; JosAs 7:4 μ. χρυσίου καὶ ἀργύριου; ParJer 9:31 μ. πολλῶν λίθων; ApcSed 7:10 μ. χαλιναρίου; ApcMos 40 μ. τῶν σινδόνων) μ. μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων Mt 26:47; 55; Mk 14:43, 48; Lk 22:52. μ. φανῶν καὶ λαμπάδων καὶ ὅπλων (Xenophon Eph. p. 336, 20 μ. λαμπάδων) J 18:3.

B. w. acc. In our lit. only in the mng. after, behind

① marker of position that is behind someth., behind (Hom.+; Polyb.; Just., A I, 13, 4; Tat. 2, 2; not LXX) μ. τὸ δεύτερον καταπέτασμα behind the second curtain Hb 9:3.

② marker of time after another point of time, after (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX)

ⓐ with the time expressly given μ. πολὺν χρόνον (2 Macc 6:1.—μετʼ οὐ πολὺν χρ.: Hero Alex. I p. 340, 6; SIG 1169, 54; Jos., Vi. 407) Mt 25:19. μ. τοσοῦτον χρόνον (4 Macc 5:7; ParJer 5:18) Hb 4:7. μ. χρόνον τινά (Diod S 9, 10, 2; Witkowski 26, 9 [III B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 8, 398; cp. En 106:1 μ. δὲ χρόνον; ApcSed 13:3 μ. χρόνον) Hv 1, 1, 2f; Hs 5, 2, 5; 9, 13, 8. μ. ἡμέρας ἕξ after six days Mt 17:1; Mk 9:2 (ApcMos 42 μ. τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας). μ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 5; Polyaenus 6, 53; 8, 62; EpArist 301; TestJob 52:1f; 53:7; ParJer 9:14; Jos., Ant 7, 280) Mt 27:63; Mk 8:31; 10:34; Lk 2:46; cp. μ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας AcPlCor 2:30. μ. δύο ἡμέρας Mt 26:2; Mk 14:1 (cp. Caesar, Bell. Gall. 4, 9, 1 post tertiam diem=on the third day). μ. τινας ἡμέρας Ac 15:36; 24:24. μετʼ οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας (Artem. 1, 78 p. 72, 30; Jos., Ant. 5, 328, Vi. 309) Lk 15:13. οὐ μ. πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας not long after these days = within a few days Ac 1:5 (B-D-F §226; 433, 3; Rob. 612; 1158; Dssm., ZVS 45, 1913, 60). W. gen. foll. μ. ἡμέρας εἴκοσι τῆς προτέρας ὁράσεως twenty days after the former vision Hv 4, 1, 1 (cp. Biogr. p. 31 μετὰ ξ´ ἔτη τοῦ Ἰλιακοῦ πολέμου; Gen 16:3). μ. τρεῖς μῆνας Ac 28:11. μ. τρία ἔτη Gal 1:18. ὁ μ. τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη γεγονὼς νόμος 3:17.

ⓑ w. designations that are general, but include the idea of time: μ. τὴν ἄφιξίν μου Ac 20:29. μ. τὸ πάσχα after the Passover 12:4. μ. τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος Mt 1:12.

ⓒ gener. μ. τὴν θλῖψιν after the (time of) tribulation Mk 13:24; cp. μ. τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων Mt 24:29. μ. τὴν ἔγερσιν 27:53. μ. τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν Ac 13:15. μ. τὸ βάπτισμα 10:37. μ. μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν Tit 3:10. μ. τὸ ψωμίον after he had eaten the piece of bread J 13:27.—Quite gener. μ. τοῦτο after this, afterward (Lucian, Hermot. 31; Gen 18:5; Lev 14:19; EpArist 258; TestJob 11:4; TestReub 1:9; TestLevi 6:3; Just., D. 57, 4) J 2:12; 11:7, 11; 19:28; Hb 9:27; Rv 7:1. μ. ταῦτα after this (Aeneas Tact. 240; 350; Diod S 1, 7, 1; Ex 3:20; 11:8 and oft.; TestJob 21:4; TestLevi 6:5; TestJos 19:5; JosAs 10:15; ParJer 3:10; ApcEsdr 4:36; ApcMos 2; Just., A I, 32, 6) Mk 16:12; Lk 5:27; 10:1 and oft. μ. οὐ πολύ (Dio Chrys. 56 [73], 8; Lucian, Scyth. 1; Herodian 1, 9, 7; BGU 614, 14; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 96 II, 9; 1 Esdr 3:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 132) not long afterward Ac 27:14. μ. μικρόν a short while afterward Mt 26:73; Mk 14:70 (Just., D. 56, 17). Also μ. βραχύ Lk 22:58 (cp. μετʼ ὀλίγον: Lucian, Dial, Mort. 15, 3; PRyl 77, 41; Wsd 15:8; Jdth 13:9; TestAbrA 7 p. 84, 8 [Stone p. 16]; GrBar 9:3; Jos., Ant. 12, 136; 10:15; Just., D. 56, 18).

ⓓ w. subst. aor. inf. foll.

α. w. acc. (SIG 633, 105; 640, 13; 695, 78; 1233, 1; Sir 46:20; Jdth 16:25; Bar 1:9; 1 Macc 1:1, 9; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 11 [Stone p. 80]; 117, 5 [St. p. 82]; TestJob 5:2; TestLevi 18:1; ApcMos 1; Just., A I, 50, 12.—B-D-F §406, 3; Rob. 979) μ. τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με after I am raised up Mt 26:32; Mk 14:28. μ. τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην after John was arrested Mk 1:14.—Ac 1:3; 7:4; 10:41; 15:13; 19:21; 20:1; Hv 2, 1, 3; m 4, 1, 7; Hs 8, 1, 3; 8, 2, 5.

β. without acc. (Aelian, VH 12, 1 p. 118, 27; Herodian 2, 9, 5; SIG 976, 39; UPZ 110, 193 [164 B.C.]; Sir 23:20; 32:18 v.l.; 1 Macc 1:20; ApcMos 26:42f; Just., A I, 14, 1; Tat. 16, 1) μ. τὸ λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς after he had spoken to them Mk 16:19.—Lk 12:5; 1 Cor 11:25; Hb 10:26.—W. perf. inf. 10:15.—M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > μετά
47 nach

I Präp. (+ Dat)

1. räumlich: to; (bestimmt nach) for, bound for; Richtung: auch toward(s); nach außen outward(s); nach rechts to the right; nach unten down; im Haus: downstairs; nach oben up; im Haus: upstairs; nach England reisen go to England; nach England abreisen leave for England; der Zug nach London the train to London; das Schiff fährt nach Australien is bound for ( oder is going to) Australia; nach Hause home; das Zimmer geht nach hinten / vorn hinaus the room faces the back / front; der Balkon geht nach Süden the balcony faces south; Balkon nach Süden south-facing balcony; wir fahren nach Norden we’re travel(l)ing north ( oder northward[s]); bei bestimmten Verben: die Blume richtet sich nach der Sonne the flower turns toward(s) the sun; nach dem Arzt schicken send for the doctor; nach dem Messer greifen grab for the knife

2. zeitlich: after; fünf ( Minuten) nach eins five (minutes) past (Am. auch after) one; nach zehn Minuten ten minutes later; nach einer Stunde von jetzt an: in an hour(‘s time); nach Ankunft / Erhalt on arrival (receipt)

3. Reihenfolge: after; einer nach dem anderen one by one, one after the other; der Reihe nach in turn; der Reihe nach! take (it in) turns!, one after the other!; der Größe nach by ( oder according to) size; nach Hauptmann kommt Major major comes after captain; nach ihm kommt lange keiner fig. he’s in a class of his own, he’s streets ahead of the rest

4. (entsprechend) according to; siehe auch gemäß; nach dem, was er sagte auch going by what he said; nach Ansicht (+ Gen) in ( oder according to) the opinion of; nach meiner Ansicht oder meiner Ansicht nach in my opinion; nach Gewicht verkaufen sell by weight; nach Bedarf as required; seine Uhr nach dem Radio etc. stellen set one’s watch by the radio etc.; wenn es nach mir ginge if I had my way; dem Namen nach by name; seinem Namen / Akzent etc. nach judging oder going by his name / accent etc.; Rehbraten nach Art des Hauses roast venison а la maison; Sauerbraten nach rheinischer Art braised beef marinated in vinegar (Am. sauerbraten) in the Rhenish style; sie kommt ganz nach der Mutter she’s just like her mother; nach Musik tanzen etc.: to music; nach Noten from music; nach Vorlage zeichnen draw from a pattern; eine Geschichte nach dem Leben a story taken from real life; es ist nicht nach i-m Geschmack it’s not to her taste; seinem Wesen nach ist er eher ruhig if anything he is quiet by nature; riechen / schmecken nach smell (taste) of; nach seiner Weise in his usual way; nach Shakespeare according to Shakespeare; frei nach Heine freely adapted from Heine; nach bestem Wissen to the best of one’s knowledge; nach Stunden / Dollar etc. gerechnet in (terms of) hours / dollars etc.; 3 Pfund sind etwa 5 Euro nach unserem Geld 3 pounds is about 5 euros in our money; Ermessen, Meinung etc.

5. nach jemandem fragen ask for s.o.; die Suche nach dem Glück etc. the pursuit of ( oder search for) happiness etc.

6. Dial.: nach dem Süden fahren go south; nach Oma gehen go to grandma’s

II Adv. after; mir nach! follow me!; nach und nach gradually, bit by bit, Am. auch little by little; nach wie vor still, as ever

* * *

after (Adv.);

(Reihenfolge) after (Präp.);

(Richtung) unto (Präp.); at (Präp.); for (Präp.); to (Präp.); towards (Präp.); bound for (Präp.);

(Uhrzeit) past (Präp.);

(gemäß) acc. (Präp.); according to (Präp.)

* * *
[naːx]
1. prep +dat

1) (örtlich) to

das Schiff/der Zug fährt nách Kiel — the boat/train is bound for Kiel, the boat/train is going to Kiel

er ist schon nách London abgefahren — he has already left for London

nách Osten — eastward(s), to the east

nách Westen — westward(s), to the west

von Osten nách Westen — from (the) east to (the) west

nách links/rechts — (to the) left/right

von links nách rechts — from (the) left to (the) right

nách jeder Richtung, nách allen Richtungen (lit) — in all directions; (fig) on all sides

nách hinten/vorn — to the back/front; (in Wagen/Zug etc auch) to the rear/front

nách... zu — towards... (Brit), toward... (US)

nách Norden zu or hin — to(wards) the north

2)

(in Verbindung mit vb siehe auch dort) nách jdm/etw suchen — to look for sb/sth

sich nách etw sehnen — to long for sth

nách etw schmecken/riechen — to taste/smell of sth

3) (zeitlich) after

fünf (Minuten) nách drei — five (minutes) past or after (US) three

nách Christi Geburt, nách unserer Zeitrechnung — AD, anno Domini (form)

sie kam nách zehn Minuten — she came ten minutes later, she came after ten minutes

nách zehn Minuten war sie wieder da — she was back in ten minutes, she was back ten minutes later

nách zehn Minuten wurde ich schon unruhig — after ten minutes I was getting worried

was wird man nách zehn Jahren über ihn sagen? — what will people be saying about him in ten years or in ten years' time?

nách Empfang or Erhalt or Eingang — on receipt

drei Tage nách Empfang — three days after receipt

nách allem, was geschehen ist — after all that has happened

4) (Reihenfolge) after

eine(r, s) nách dem/der anderen — one after another or the other

die dritte Straße nách dem Rathaus — the third road after or past the town hall

ich komme nách Ihnen! — I'm or I come after you

(bitte) nách Ihnen! — after you!

der Leutnant kommt nách dem Major (inf) — a lieutenant comes after a major

nách "mit" steht der Dativ — " mit" is followed by or takes the dative

5) (= laut, entsprechend) according to; (= im Einklang mit) in accordance with

nách dem Gesetz, dem Gesetz nách — according to the law

nách römischem Gesetz — according to or under Roman law

nách Artikel 142c — under article 142c

manche Arbeiter werden nách Zeit, andere nách Leistung bezahlt — some workers are paid by the hour, others according to productivity

etw nách Gewicht kaufen — to buy sth by weight

nách Verfassern/Gedichtanfängen — in order of or according to authors/first lines

die Uhr nách dem Radio stellen — to put a clock right by the radio

seinem Wesen or seiner Natur nách ist er sehr sanft — he's very gentle by nature

seiner Veranlagung nách hätte er Musiker werden sollen — with his temperament he should have been a musician

ihrer Sprache nách (zu urteilen) — from her language, judging by her language

nách dem, was er gesagt hat — from what he's said, according to what he's said

nách allem, was ich gehört habe — from what I've heard

nách allem, was ich weiß — as far as I know

Knödel nách schwäbischer Art — Swabian dumplings

6) (= angelehnt an) after

nách dem Russischen — after the Russian

nách einem Gedicht von Schiller — after a poem by Schiller

7)

er wurde nách seinem Großvater genannt — he was named after (Brit) or for (US) his grandfather

2. adv

1)

(räumlich) mir nách! (old, liter) — follow me!

2)

(zeitlich) nách und nách — little by little, gradually

nách wie vor —

wir treffen uns nách wie vor im "Goldenen Handschuh" — we still meet in the "Golden Glove" as always

* * *

1) (in the order of: books arranged according to their subjects.) according to

2) (in proportion to: You will be paid according to the amount of work you have done.) according to

3) (later in time or place than: After the car came a bus.) after

4) (following (often indicating repetition): one thing after another; night after night.) after

5) (considering: After all I've done you'd think he'd thank me; It's sad to fail after all that work.) after

6) ((American: in telling the time) past: It's a quarter after ten.) after

7) (to the place mentioned: I'll come along in five minutes.) along

8) at

9) (towards; in the direction of: We set off for London.) for

10) (in order to have, get, be etc: He asked me for some money; Go for a walk.) for

11) (closest to: In height, George comes next to me.) next to

12) (after: It's past six o'clock.) past

13) (after: The child became ill subsequent to receiving an injection against measles.) subsequent to

* * *

nach

[na:x]

I. präp + dat

1. (in Richtung)

▪ \nach etw:

die Küche geht \nach dem Garten/der Straße the kitchen looks out over [or on] the garden/faces the street

ein Zimmer mit Fenstern \nach dem Garten/der Straße a room overlooking the garden/street

\nach Norden/Westen gehen to go north/west; s.a. außen, da, dort, hier, hinten, innen, links, oben, rechts, unten, vorn

2. (als Ziel)

▪ \nach etw to sth

der Weg führt direkt \nach Rom this is the way to Rome

der Zug \nach Bonn the train for Bonn, the Bonn train

\nach etw abreisen to leave for sth; s.a. Haus

3. (anschließend)

▪ \nach etw after sth

\nach nur wenigen Minuten after only a few minutes, only a few minutes later

\nach Ablauf der Verlängerung after [or on] expiry of the extension, at the end of the extension

20 [Minuten] \nach 10 20 [minutes] past 10

wird der Baum noch \nach 100 Jahren stehen? will the tree still be standing in a hundred years' time?

\nach allem, was... after all that...; s.a. Christus

4. (kontinuierlich)

▪ etw \nach etw sth after sth

Schritt \nach Schritt step by step, little by little

5. (als Reihenfolge)

▪ \nach jdm/etw after sb/sth

das Museum kommt \nach der Post the museum is after [or past] the post office

der Leutnant kommt \nach dem Oberst lieutenant ranks lower than colonel

du stehst \nach mir auf der Liste you're [or you come] after me on the list

eins \nach dem ander[e]n first things first

[bitte,] \nach dir/Ihnen! after you!

6. (gemäß)

▪ \nach etw according to sth

\nach Artikel 23/den geltenden Vorschriften under article 23/present regulations

\nach allem [o dem], was... from what...

\nach allem, was ich gehört habe from what I've heard

\nach dem, was wir jetzt wissen as far as we know

aller Wahrscheinlichkeit \nach in all probability

dem Gesetz \nach by law

etw \nach dem Gewicht/der Größe \nach sortieren to sort sth by [or according to] weight/size

\nach Lage der Dinge as matters stand

\nach menschlichem Ermessen as far as one can tell

[ganz] \nach Wunsch [just] as you wish

▪ jds... \nach [o \nach jds...] judging by sb's...

meiner Ansicht/Meinung \nach in my view/opinion

\nach meiner Erinnerung as I remember [or recall] it

\nach Meinung von Experten according to experts; s.a. Art

7. (anlehnend)

▪ \nach etw:

\nach einer Erzählung von Poe after [or based on] a story by Poe

eine Erzählung \nach dem Arbeitsleben a tale from [or based on] working life

ein Gemälde \nach einem alten Meister a painting in the manner of an old master

ein Werk \nach einem Thema von Bach a piece on a theme by Bach

dem Sinn \nach hat er gesagt, dass... the sense of his words were that...

Ihrem Akzent \nach sind Sie Schotte I hear from your accent [or your accent tells me] that you're from Scotland

das kostet ungefähr 2 Euro nach unsrem Geld it costs about 2 euros in our money

\nach etw geformt formed after sth

[frei] \nach Goethe [freely] adapted from Goethe

etw \nach Litern/Metern messen to measure sth in litres/metres

\nach der neuesten Mode in [accordance with] the latest fashion

jdn dem Namen \nach kennen to know sb by name

\nach Plan according to plan

\nach etw riechen/schmecken to smell/taste of sth

der Sage \nach [o \nach der Sage] according to the legend

\nach einer Vorlage from an original

jds Wesen \nach judging from sb's character, by nature; s.a. Gedächtnis, Maß

8. DIAL (zu)

▪ \nach jdm/etw to sb/sth

\nach der Bahn gehen to go to the station

\nach dem Osten/Süden fahren to go [to the] east/south

9. siehe auch Verb

\nach jdm fragen/rufen/schicken to ask/call/send for sb

\nach wem hat er gefragt? who was he asking for?

\nach etw greifen/streben/suchen to reach/strive/look for sth

wo\nach [o (fam) \nach was] suchst du? what are you looking for?

er hat erreicht, wo\nach [o (fam) \nach was] er gestrebt hat he has achieved what he has been striving for

II. adv

1. (hinterher)

ihm \nach! after him!; (an Hund a.) sic 'im! fam

mir \nach! follow me!

2. NORDD

da kann man nicht \nach gehen you can't go there

3.

▶ \nach und \nach gradually, little by little

▶ \nach wie vor still

ich halte \nach wie vor an meiner Überzeugung fest I remain convinced

* * *
1.
Präposition mit Dat

1) (räumlich) to

ist das der Zug nach Köln? — is that the train for Cologne or the Cologne train?

nach Hause gehen — go home

sich nach vorn/hinten beugen — bend forwards/backwards

komm ganz nach vorn — come right to the front

nach links/rechts — to the left/right

nach allen Richtungen — in all directions

nach Osten [zu] — eastwards; [towards the] east

nach außen/innen — outwards/inwards

ich bringe den Abfall nach draußen — I am taking the rubbish outside

2) (zeitlich) after

zehn [Minuten] nach zwei — ten [minutes] past two

3)

nach fünf Minuten — after five minutes; five minutes later

4) (mit bestimmten Verben, bezeichnet das Ziel der Handlung) for

5) (bezeichnet [räumliche und zeitliche] Reihenfolge) after

6) (gemäß) according to

nach meiner Ansicht od. Meinung, meiner Ansicht od. Meinung nach — in my view or opinion

aller Wahrscheinlichkeit nach — in all probability

[frei] nach Goethe — [freely] adapted from Goethe

nach der neuesten Mode gekleidet — dressed in [accordance with] the latest fashion

nach etwas schmecken/riechen — taste/smell of something

sie kommt eher nach dem Vater — (ugs.) she takes more after her father

jemanden nur dem Namen nach kennen — know somebody by name only

dem Gesetz nach — in accordance with the law; by law
2.
Adverb

1) (räumlich)

[alle] mir nach! — [everybody] follow me!

2) (zeitlich)

nach und nach — little by little; gradually

nach wie vor — still; as always

* * *

nach

A. präp (+dat)

1. räumlich: to; (bestimmt nach) for, bound for; Richtung: auch toward(s);

nach außen outward(s);

nach rechts to the right;

nach unten down; im Haus: downstairs;

nach oben up; im Haus: upstairs;

nach England reisen go to England;

nach England abreisen leave for England;

der Zug nach London the train to London;

das Schiff

fährt nach Australien is bound for ( oder is going to) Australia;

nach Haus(e) home;

das Zimmer geht nach hinten/vorn hinaus the room faces the back/front;

der Balkon geht nach Süden the balcony faces south;

Balkon nach Süden south-facing balcony;

wir fahren nach Norden we’re travel(l)ing north ( oder northward[s]); bei bestimmten Verben:

die Blume richtet sich nach der Sonne the flower turns toward(s) the sun;

nach dem Arzt schicken send for the doctor;

nach dem Messer greifen grab for the knife

2. zeitlich: after;

fünf (Minuten) nach eins five (minutes) past (US auch after) one;

nach zehn Minuten ten minutes later;

nach einer Stunde von jetzt an: in an hour(’s time);

nach Ankunft/Erhalt on arrival (receipt)

3. Reihenfolge: after;

einer nach dem anderen one by one, one after the other;

der Reihe nach in turn;

der Reihe nach! take (it in) turns!, one after the other!;

der Größe nach by ( oder according to) size;

nach Hauptmann kommt Major major comes after captain;

nach ihm kommt lange keiner fig he’s in a class of his own, he’s streets ahead of the rest

4. (entsprechend) according to; → auch gemäß;

nach dem, was er sagte auch going by what he said;

nach Ansicht (+gen) in ( oder according to) the opinion of;

nach meiner Ansicht oder

meiner Ansicht nach in my opinion;

nach Gewicht verkaufen sell by weight;

nach Bedarf as required;

seine Uhr nach dem Radio etc

stellen set one’s watch by the radio etc;

wenn es nach mir ginge if I had my way;

dem Namen nach by name;

seinem Namen/Akzent etc

nach judging oder going by his name/accent etc;

Rehbraten nach Art des Hauses roast venison à la maison;

Sauerbraten nach rheinischer Art braised beef marinated in vinegar (US sauerbraten) in the Rhenish style;

sie kommt ganz nach der Mutter she’s just like her mother;

nach Musik tanzen etc: to music;

nach Noten from music;

nach Vorlage zeichnen draw from a pattern;

eine Geschichte nach dem Leben a story taken from real life;

es ist nicht nach i-m Geschmack it’s not to her taste;

seinem Wesen nach ist er eher ruhig if anything he is quiet by nature;

riechen/schmecken nach smell (taste) of;

nach seiner Weise in his usual way;

nach Shakespeare according to Shakespeare;

frei nach Heine freely adapted from Heine;

nach bestem Wissen to the best of one’s knowledge;

nach Stunden/Dollar etc

gerechnet in (terms of) hours/dollars etc;

3 Pfund sind etwa 5 Euro nach unserem Geld 3 pounds is about 5 euros in our money; → Ermessen, Meinung etc

5.

nach jemandem fragen ask for sb;

die Suche nach dem Glück etc the pursuit of ( oder search for) happiness etc

6. dial:

nach dem Süden fahren go south;

nach Oma gehen go to grandma’s

B. adv after;

mir nach! follow me!;

nach und nach gradually, bit by bit, US auch little by little;

nach wie vor still, as ever

* * *
1.
Präposition mit Dat

1) (räumlich) to

ist das der Zug nach Köln? — is that the train for Cologne or the Cologne train?

nach Hause gehen — go home

sich nach vorn/hinten beugen — bend forwards/backwards

komm ganz nach vorn — come right to the front

nach links/rechts — to the left/right

nach allen Richtungen — in all directions

nach Osten [zu] — eastwards; [towards the] east

nach außen/innen — outwards/inwards

ich bringe den Abfall nach draußen — I am taking the rubbish outside

2) (zeitlich) after

zehn [Minuten] nach zwei — ten [minutes] past two

3)

nach fünf Minuten — after five minutes; five minutes later

4) (mit bestimmten Verben, bezeichnet das Ziel der Handlung) for

5) (bezeichnet [räumliche und zeitliche] Reihenfolge) after

6) (gemäß) according to

nach meiner Ansicht od. Meinung, meiner Ansicht od. Meinung nach — in my view or opinion

aller Wahrscheinlichkeit nach — in all probability

[frei] nach Goethe — [freely] adapted from Goethe

nach der neuesten Mode gekleidet — dressed in [accordance with] the latest fashion

nach etwas schmecken/riechen — taste/smell of something

sie kommt eher nach dem Vater — (ugs.) she takes more after her father

jemanden nur dem Namen nach kennen — know somebody by name only

dem Gesetz nach — in accordance with the law; by law
2.
Adverb

1) (räumlich)

[alle] mir nach! — [everybody] follow me!

2) (zeitlich)

nach und nach — little by little; gradually

nach wie vor — still; as always

* * *

konj.

for conj. präp.

according to prep.

after prep.

to prep.

towards prep.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > nach
48 mondo

m world

giro m del mondo world tour, tour round the world

l'altro mondo the next world

il più bello del mondo the most beautiful in the world

divertirsi un mondo enjoy oneself enormously or a lot

* * *

mondo¹ s.m.

1 world (anche fig.): fare il giro del mondo, to go round the world; vedere il mondo, to see the world; in tutto il mondo, per tutto il mondo, all over the world; è conosciuto in tutto il mondo, he is known all over the world; il mondo in cui viviamo, the world we live in; il mondo animale, the animal kingdom (o world); il mondo cattolico, medioevale, the Catholic, medi (a)eval world; il mondo della fantasia, dei sogni, the world of the imagination, of dreams (o dreamland); il mondo della scienza, the world of science; il mondo di un bambino, the world of a child (o a child's world); il mondo esterno, the external world: il mondo letterario, musicale, artistico, politico, the literary, musical, artistic, political world; il suo mondo si è sgretolato, her world crumbled // il terzo mondo, the Third World // il Nuovo, il Vecchio Mondo, the New, the Old World // vecchio come il mondo, as old as the hills (o as Methuselah) // (econ.): il mondo degli affari, the business world; il mondo finanziario, the financial world, (amer.) Wall Street; il mondo operaio, the working world; il mondo dell'editoria, the world of publishing; il mondo industrializzato, the developed world // il mondo è bello perché è vario, variety is the spice of life; questo mondo è fatto a scale, chi le scende, chi le sale, (prov.) the world is like a game, sometimes you win, sometimes you lose; tutto il mondo è paese, it's the same the whole world over

2 (la gente) the world; humanity; everybody: il mondo ride alle sue spalle, everybody laughs at him behind his back; il mondo spera in un avvenire migliore, humanity hopes for a better future; dice male di tutto il mondo, he speaks badly (o ill) of everybody (o fam. he runs everyone down); vuole salvare le apparenze agli occhi del mondo, he wants to preserve appearances in the eyes of the world // il bel mondo, il gran mondo, (fashionable) society, jet set; donna di mondo, society woman; uomo di mondo, (ricco di esperienza) man of the world, (che fa vita di società) man about town // alla festa c'era mezzo mondo, there were loads of people at the party

3 (grande quantità) un mondo di, a world of, a lot of, lots of: un mondo di auguri, di baci, all the best, lots of kisses; un mondo di gente, a large crowd; costa un mondo, it costs a fortune; gli usò un mondo di cortesie, he treated him with every courtesy; mi ha fatto un mondo di bene, it has done me a world of good; mi sono divertito un mondo, I have had a really good time.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: come è piccolo il mondo!, what a small world! // da che mondo è mondo, from time immemorial // niente al mondo gli può far cambiare idea, nothing in the world can make him change his mind; non ha un pensiero al mondo, he hasn't a care in the world // non è poi la fine del mondo, it is not the end of the world; una festa che è stata la fine del mondo, it was a fantastic party; è la cosa più semplice del mondo, it's the easiest thing in the world // fermate il mondo, voglio scendere!, stop the world, I want to get off! // ti troverò in capo al mondo!, I'll find you even at the end of the earth!; andare in capo al mondo, to go to the end of the earth // non lo cederei neppure per tutto l'oro del mondo, I wouldn't part with it for the world (o for all the tea in China); non lo farei neppure se dovesse cascare il mondo, I wouldn't do it for the world (o fam. I'll be damned if I do it!) // vivere nel mondo della luna, to have one's head in the clouds; ma in che mondo vivi?, where have you been? // porco mondo!, mondo cane!, damn! // così va il mondo, that's life; stanco del mondo, weary of life // non è più di questo mondo, he is no longer of this world; quando era al mondo mio padre, when my father was alive; essere al mondo, to be alive (o fam. to be in the land of the living); mettere al mondo, to bring into the world; tornare al mondo, to come to life again; venire al mondo, to be born (o to come into the world); non ha più voglia di stare al mondo, he no longer wants to live // l'altro mondo, the next world (o the hereafter); andare all'altro mondo, to pass away; mandare qlcu. all'altro mondo, to send s.o. to kingdom-come; cose dell'altro mondo!, (fig.) really weird! // vivere fuori del mondo, (fig.) to live cut off from the world; prendere il mondo come viene, to take the world as it comes; è uno che sa stare al mondo, he knows the ways of the world; rinunciare al mondo, to forsake (o to retire from) the world.

mondo² agg. (letter.)

1 (pulito) clean

2 (fig.) (puro) pure: cuore mondo, pure heart; è un uomo mondo da vizi, he is a man free from vice.

* * *
I ['mondo] sm
1) (gen), fig world

in tutto il mondo — all over the world, throughout the world

il migliore del mondo — the best in the world

nessuno al mondo — no-one in the world

essere solo al mondo — to have no family

il mondo dell'aldilà — the next life, the after life

il gran o bel mondo — high society

il mondo del teatro — the world of the theatre

2)

(fraseologia) ti faccio un mondo di auguri; ti auguro un mondo di bene — all the best!

ti voglio un mondo di bene — I really love you!

gli voglio tutto il bene di questo mondo ma... — I'm very fond of him but...

per niente al mondo; per nessuna cosa al mondo — not for all the world

da che mondo è mondo — since time o the world began

(sono) cose dell'altro mondo! — it's incredible!

non è poi la fine del mondo se non vengo — it won't be the end of the world if I can't make it

una moto che è la fine del mondo — one hell of a motorbike

mettere/venire al mondo — to bring/come into the world

com'è piccolo il mondo! — it's a small world!

è un uomo di mondo — he's a man of the world

così va il mondo — that's life

vivere fuori dal mondo — to be out of touch with the real world

ma in che mondo vivi? — what planet are you living on?

vive in un mondo tutto suo — he lives in a world of his own

mandare qn all'altro mondo — to kill sb

il mondo è bello perché è vario — (Proverbio) variety is the spice of life

mondo cane! — bloody hell!
II mondo (-a)
(verdura) cleaned, (frutta, patate) peeled

* * *
I ['mondo]
sostantivo maschile

1) world

in tutto il mondo, nel mondo intero — all over the world, worldwide

girare il mondo — to go o travel round the world

giro del mondo — world tour

la fame, pace nel mondo — world famine, peace

il cuoco peggiore del mondo — the world's worst chef

la città più antica del mondo — the oldest city on earth

è la cosa più bella del mondo — fig. it's the best thing in the world

sono i migliori amici del mondo — fig. they're the best of friends

vive nel suo mondo, in un mondo a parte — fig. he lives in a world of his own, in a world apart

l'altro mondo, il mondo ultraterreno — (l'adilà) the next o other world

andare all'altro mondo — to die, to pass away

mandare qcn. all'altro mondo — to send o knock sb. to kingdom, to dispatch sb

2) (parte del globo)

il Nuovo Mondo — the New World

il Vecchio Mondo — the Old World

il Terzo Mondo — the Third World

3) (ambiente) world, scene

il mondo dell'arte, della musica — the art, music world

il mondo degli affari — the business community o world

il mondo della droga — the drug scene

4) (civiltà)

il mondo antico, arabo — the ancient, Arab world

5) (regno)

il mondo animale — the animal kingdom

il mondo delle favole — the land of make-believe

6) (la gente)

lo sa tutto il mondo o mezzo mondo the whole world knows; agli occhi del mondo — in the eyes of the world

7) (alta società)

il bel o gran mondo the beautiful people, the high society; un uomo di mondo — a man of the world, a man-about-town

8) un mondo (molto)

avere un mondo di cose da fare — to have loads of things to do

divertirsi un mondo — to have great fun o a great time

9) al mondo

mettere al mondo un bambino — to bring a child into the world

venire al mondo — to come into the world

saper stare al mondo — to know how to behave (in society)

nessuno o niente al mondo le farà cambiare idea nothing in the world will make her change her mind; per niente al mondo mi convincerei a fare nothing on earth would persuade me to do; nessuno al mondo no man alive; non c'è nessuna ragione al mondo — there's no earthly reason

••

così va il mondo — that's the way of the world, that's the way it goes o the cookie crumbles

da che mondo è mondo — since o from time immemorial

cose dell'altro mondo! — it's unbelievable!

mondo cane! — damn!

cascasse il mondo! — no matter what (happens)! come what may!

com'è piccolo il mondo! — it's a small world!

vecchio come il mondo — world-old, as old as the world

essere la fine del mondo — to be terrific

non è mica la fine del mondo! — it's not the end of the world!

vivere fuori dal mondo o nel mondo delle nuvole to be living in cloud-cuckoo-land o in a dreamworld; tutto il mondo è paese it's o people are the same the whole world over; il mondo è bello perché è vario — there's nowt so queer as folk
II ['mondo]
aggettivo lett.

1) (pulito) clean

2) fig. (puro) pure, clean

* * *

mondo¹

/'mondo/

sostantivo m.

1 world; in tutto il mondo, nel mondo intero all over the world, worldwide; girare il mondo to go o travel round the world; giro del mondo world tour; la fame, pace nel mondo world famine, peace; il cuoco peggiore del mondo the world's worst chef; la città più antica del mondo the oldest city on earth; è la cosa più bella del mondo fig. it's the best thing in the world; sono i migliori amici del mondo fig. they're the best of friends; vive nel suo mondo, in un mondo a parte fig. he lives in a world of his own, in a world apart; l'altro mondo, il mondo ultraterreno (l'adilà) the next o other world; andare all'altro mondo to die, to pass away; mandare qcn. all'altro mondo to send o knock sb. to kingdom, to dispatch sb.

2 (parte del globo) il Nuovo Mondo the New World; il Vecchio Mondo the Old World; il Terzo Mondo the Third World

3 (ambiente) world, scene; il mondo dell'arte, della musica the art, music world; il mondo degli affari the business community o world; il mondo della droga the drug scene

4 (civiltà) il mondo antico, arabo the ancient, Arab world

5 (regno) il mondo animale the animal kingdom; il mondo delle favole the land of make-believe

6 (la gente) lo sa tutto il mondo o mezzo mondo the whole world knows; agli occhi del mondo in the eyes of the world

7 (alta società) il bel o gran mondo the beautiful people, the high society; un uomo di mondo a man of the world, a man-about-town

8 un mondo (molto) avere un mondo di cose da fare to have loads of things to do; divertirsi un mondo to have great fun o a great time

9 al mondo mettere al mondo un bambino to bring a child into the world; venire al mondo to come into the world; saper stare al mondo to know how to behave (in society); nessuno o niente al mondo le farà cambiare idea nothing in the world will make her change her mind; per niente al mondo mi convincerei a fare nothing on earth would persuade me to do; nessuno al mondo no man alive; non c'è nessuna ragione al mondo there's no earthly reason

IDIOMS

così va il mondo that's the way of the world, that's the way it goes o the cookie crumbles; da che mondo è mondo since o from time immemorial; cose dell'altro mondo! it's unbelievable! mondo cane! damn! cascasse il mondo! no matter what (happens)! come what may! com'è piccolo il mondo! it's a small world! vecchio come il mondo world-old, as old as the world; essere la fine del mondo to be terrific; non è mica la fine del mondo! it's not the end of the world! vivere fuori dal mondo o nel mondo delle nuvole to be living in cloud-cuckoo-land o in a dreamworld; tutto il mondo è paese it's o people are the same the whole world over; il mondo è bello perché è vario there's nowt so queer as folk.

————————

mondo²

/'mondo/

aggettivo

lett.

1 (pulito) clean

2 fig. (puro) pure, clean.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > mondo
49 posto

1. past part vedere porre

posto che supposing that

2. m place

( lavoro) job, position

mettere a posto stanza tidy (up)

la tua camera è a posto? is your room tidy?

posto macchina parking space

posto finestrino/corridoio window/aisle seat

ho trovato solo un posto in piedi I had to stand

posto a sedere seat

posto di guardia guard post

information technology posto di lavoro workstation

posto di polizia police station

posto di pronto soccorso first aid post

posto di villeggiatura holiday resort

vado io al posto tuo I'll go in your place, I'll go instead of you

fuori posto out of place

* * *

posto¹ s.m.

1 ( luogo, località) place; spot: posto di villeggiatura, resort; abita in un bel posto, she lives in a nice place; conosco io un bel posto per un picnic, I know a nice spot (o place) for a picnic; non ero mai stato in questo posto prima, I've never been to (o in) this place before; conosco io un posto dove fare colazione, I know a place where we can have lunch // in nessun posto, nowhere // posto di lavoro, workplace (o place of business) // la gente, la lingua del posto, the local people, language // (comm.) acquistare sul posto, to buy on the spot

2 ( collocazione di persona o cosa) place: mettilo al suo posto, put it in its place; vai al tuo posto, go to your place; questo non è il suo posto ( giusto), this is not its right place

3 ( spazio) room; space: c'è tanto posto in questa casa, there is a lot of room (o space) in this house; fagli posto, make room for him; nella mia auto c'è posto per altre due persone, in my car there is room for two more people; non c'è più posto nell'armadio, there is no more room in the wardrobe; questi libri occupano troppo posto, these books take up too much room (o space)

4 ( posto a sedere) seat: posto d'angolo, corner seat; posto di guida, driver's seat; posto riservato, reserved seat; automobile a quattro posti, four-seater (car); ho prenotato due posti per la commedia di domani sera, I have booked two seats for tomorrow evening's play; prendere posto, to take a seat (o to sit down); non ci sono più posti liberi, all the seats are taken // posti-letto, (in ospedale ecc.) beds

5 ( lavoro) job, work; ( carica) position: ha un posto di responsabilità, he's got a responsible job (o position); ha un buon posto in uno studio di avvocato, he's got a good job in a law firm; cerca un posto di segretaria, she is looking for a job as a secretary; posto ( di lavoro) vacante, vacancy (o job vacancy o unfilled vacancy); coprire un posto vacante, to fill a vacancy; concorso a dieci posti vacanti, competition for ten vacant posts

6 ( adibito a un particolare servizio o funzione) post; station: posto di polizia, police station; posto di pronto soccorso, first-aid post (o centre); posto di controllo, checkpoint; posto di blocco ( stradale), roadblock; posto di rifornimento ( per auto), filling station; posto di guardia, sentry post; posto telefonico pubblico, public telephone; (inform.) posto di lavoro, workstation; (mar.) posto di ancoraggio, berth

7 (inform.) ( in memoria) space.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: a posto, ( in ordine) tidy, straight, in order: hai messo a posto la tua stanza?, have you tidied (up) your room?; metti a posto quei libri, tidy (up) those books; è tutto a posto, everything is straight (o settled o all right); mettersi a posto i vestiti, i capelli, to tidy (up) one's clothes, one's hair; avere la coscienza a posto, to have a clear conscience; metterò io le cose a posto, I'll settle things; lo metterò a posto io!, I settle him!; questa sciarpa non sta a posto, this scarf won't stay in place; tenere la lingua a posto, to hold one's tongue // al posto di, instead of: verrò al posto di mio fratello, I'll come instead of my brother; se fossi al tuo posto, if I were you (o in your place) // chi prenderà il tuo posto?, who will take your place? // mettiti al mio posto..., put yourself in my place (o shoes)... // fuori posto, out of place; in the wrong place; è fuori posto, per questo non lo trovavo, it's in the wrong place, that's why I couldn't find it; metti sempre le cose fuori posto, you are always putting things in the wrong place; non ha mai un capello fuori posto, he's always perfectly groomed // sul posto, on the spot: addestramento sul posto, on-the-job (o in-house) training; controllo eseguito sul posto, on the spot control; è bene studiare le lingue sul posto, it's best to study languages where they are spoken.

posto² agg. placed, situated: la casa è posta ai piedi della montagna, the house is (situated) at the foot of the mountain // posto ciò, andrò avanti a parlarvi degli aspetti storici, having established this, I'll go on to speak about the historical aspects.

* * *
['pɔsto, 'posto] I
sostantivo maschile

1) place

in qualche posto — somewhere

in nessun posto — nowhere

2) (spazio) room, space

avere il posto per fare — to have enough room o space to do

fare posto a qcn., qcs. — to make room o space for sb., sth.

potrebbe farmi posto per favore? — could you please move over?

3) (collocazione, posizione assegnata) place, position

prendere il posto di qcn. — to take sb.'s place

restare al proprio posto — to remain at one's post

bisogna saper rimanere al proprio posto — you must know your place

occupa un posto importante — he holds a very high position

sentirsi fuori posto — to feel out of place

ogni cosa al suo posto — everything in its place

i libri sono fuori posto, non sono al loro posto — the books aren't in the right place o where they should be

che cosa avresti fatto al mio posto? — what would you have done in my place?

(se fossi) al tuo posto — if I were in your position o in your shoes, if I were you

4) (in una classifica) place

piazzarsi al terzo posto — to be placed third

è ai primi, agli ultimi -i — he's up toward(s) the top, down toward(s) the bottom

questo problema viene al primo, all'ultimo posto tra le priorità del governo — the problem is at the top, bottom of the government's list of priorities

5) (sito, località) place, spot

essere nel posto giusto al momento giusto — to be in the right place at the right time

6) (per sedersi) seat, place; (a tavola) place

automobile a quattro -i — four-seater (car)

cedere il posto a qcn. — to give sb. one's seat

è libero questo posto? — is this seat free?

tienimi il, un posto — save my seat, save me a seat

prendere posto — to take one's seat

una sala da 200 -i — a 200-seat auditorium

7) (impiego) job, post

un posto di insegnante — a job as a teacher

avere un buon posto — to have a good job

perdere il posto — to lose one's job

8) (posteggio) parking place

9) a posto (in ordine) tidy

mettere a posto — to tidy (up) [ stanza]; to put away [ oggetti]; (aggiustare) to set [sth.] right [meccanismo, orologio]

questo dovrebbe mettere le cose a posto — fig. that ought to fix it

mettersi a posto — (rassettarsi) to make oneself presentable

mettersi a posto i capelli — to fix one's hair

ho la coscienza a posto — my conscience is clear

lo metto a posto io — I'll sort him out

siamo a posto! — iron. we're in a fine mess now!

tenere la lingua a posto — to hold one's tongue

non sa tenere le mani a posto — he can't keep his hands to himself

è tutto a posto? — (va tutto bene) is everything all right?

è un tipo a posto — he's a regular guy, he's okay

adesso ha messo la testa a posto — she's a lot more settled now

non mi sento a posto — (di salute) I don't feel well

10) al posto di (in sostituzione di) in place of; (invece) instead of

11) del posto

la gente del posto — the people around here

non è del posto — she's not from around here

12) sul posto [ andare] to the scene; [ arrivare] on the scene; [ essere] at the scene

studiare le lingue sul posto — to study languages where they are spoken

•

posto di blocco — roadblock

posto di comando — command post

posto di combattimento — action station

posto di controllo — checkpoint

posto di frontiera — frontier post

posto di guardia — sentry o watch post

posto di guida — driving o driver's seat

posto letto — bed

posto macchina — = private parking place

posto d'onore — place of honour

posto di pilotaggio — aer. flight deck, cockpit

posto di polizia — police station

posto a sedere — seat

- i in piedi — standing room

••

mandare qcn. in quel posto — to send sb. packing

prendersela in quel posto — to be screwed o conned

andare in quel posto — (gabinetto) to pay a visit
II 1.
participio passato porre
2.
aggettivo

1) (situato) placed, situated, set

2) posto che (dato che) given that, since; (ammesso che) provided that, assuming that

* * *

posto¹

/'pɔsto, 'posto/

sostantivo m.

1 place; in qualche posto somewhere; in nessun posto nowhere

2 (spazio) room, space; avere il posto per fare to have enough room o space to do; fare posto a qcn., qcs. to make room o space for sb., sth.; potrebbe farmi posto per favore? could you please move over?

3 (collocazione, posizione assegnata) place, position; prendere il posto di qcn. to take sb.'s place; restare al proprio posto to remain at one's post; bisogna saper rimanere al proprio posto you must know your place; occupa un posto importante he holds a very high position; sentirsi fuori posto to feel out of place; ogni cosa al suo posto everything in its place; i libri sono fuori posto, non sono al loro posto the books aren't in the right place o where they should be; che cosa avresti fatto al mio posto? what would you have done in my place? (se fossi) al tuo posto if I were in your position o in your shoes, if I were you

4 (in una classifica) place; piazzarsi al terzo posto to be placed third; è ai primi, agli ultimi -i he's up toward(s) the top, down toward(s) the bottom; questo problema viene al primo, all'ultimo posto tra le priorità del governo the problem is at the top, bottom of the government's list of priorities

5 (sito, località) place, spot; essere nel posto giusto al momento giusto to be in the right place at the right time

6 (per sedersi) seat, place; (a tavola) place; automobile a quattro -i four-seater (car); cedere il posto a qcn. to give sb. one's seat; è libero questo posto? is this seat free? tienimi il, un posto save my seat, save me a seat; prendere posto to take one's seat; una sala da 200 -i a 200-seat auditorium

7 (impiego) job, post; un posto di insegnante a job as a teacher; avere un buon posto to have a good job; perdere il posto to lose one's job

8 (posteggio) parking place

9 a posto (in ordine) tidy; mettere a posto to tidy (up) [ stanza]; to put away [ oggetti]; (aggiustare) to set [sth.] right [meccanismo, orologio]; questo dovrebbe mettere le cose a posto fig. that ought to fix it; mettersi a posto (rassettarsi) to make oneself presentable; mettersi a posto i capelli to fix one's hair; ho la coscienza a posto my conscience is clear; lo metto a posto io I'll sort him out; siamo a posto! iron. we're in a fine mess now! tenere la lingua a posto to hold one's tongue; non sa tenere le mani a posto he can't keep his hands to himself; è tutto a posto? (va tutto bene) is everything all right? è un tipo a posto he's a regular guy, he's okay; adesso ha messo la testa a posto she's a lot more settled now; non mi sento a posto (di salute) I don't feel well

10 al posto di (in sostituzione di) in place of; (invece) instead of

11 del posto la gente del posto the people around here; non è del posto she's not from around here

12 sul posto [ andare] to the scene; [ arrivare] on the scene; [ essere] at the scene; studiare le lingue sul posto to study languages where they are spoken

IDIOMS

mandare qcn. in quel posto to send sb. packing; prendersela in quel posto to be screwed o conned; andare in quel posto (gabinetto) to pay a visit

\

COMPOUNDS

posto di blocco roadblock; posto di comando command post; posto di combattimento action station; posto di controllo checkpoint; posto di frontiera frontier post; posto di guardia sentry o watch post; posto di guida driving o driver's seat; posto letto bed; posto macchina = private parking place; posto d'onore place of honour; posto di pilotaggio aer. flight deck, cockpit; posto di polizia police station; posto a sedere seat; - i in piedi standing room.

————————

posto²

/'pɔsto, 'posto/

I participio passato

→ porre

II aggettivo

1 (situato) placed, situated, set

2 posto che (dato che) given that, since; (ammesso che) provided that, assuming that.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > posto
50 dernier

dernier, -ière [dεʀnje, jεʀ]

1. adjective

   a. (dans le temps, dans une hiérarchie) last

• arriver dernier to come in last

• être reçu dernier (élève) to come last (à in)

• le dernier détenteur du record était américain the last record holder was American

• le mois dernier last month

• samedi dernier last Saturday

• son dernier roman his last novel

• ces derniers jours over the last few days

• ces derniers incidents these latest incidents

• jusqu'à mon dernier jour until the day I die

• après un dernier regard/effort after one last look/effort

• c'est du dernier chic it's the last word in elegance

   b. ( = le plus haut, le plus bas, le plus lointain) le dernier étage the top floor

• le dernier rang the back row

• la dernière marche de l'escalier (en bas) the bottom step ; (en haut) the top step

• le dernier mouchoir de la pile (dessus) the top handkerchief in the pile ; (dessous) the bottom handkerchief in the pile

• en dernière page (Press) on the back page

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Notez l'ordre des mots lorsque last est employé avec un nombre.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• les cent dernières pages the last hundred pages

• les trois derniers jours the last three days

2. masculine noun, feminine noun

last

• sortir le dernier to leave last

• les derniers arrivés n'auront rien the last ones to arrive will get nothing

• dernier entré, premier sorti last in, first out

• son (petit) dernier her youngest child

• il est le dernier de sa classe he's at the bottom of the class

• ils ont été tués jusqu'au dernier every last one of them was killed

• le dernier des imbéciles (pejorative) an absolute imbecile

► ce dernier, cette dernière the latter

• Luc, Marc et Jean étaient là et ce dernier a dit que... Luc, Marc and Jean were there, and Jean said that...

• Paul, Pierre et Maud sont venus ; cette dernière... Paul, Pierre and Maud came; she...

3. masculine noun

( = dernier étage) top floor

► en dernier last

4. feminine noun

dernière

   a. (Theatre) last performance

   b. ( = nouvelle) (inf) vous connaissez la dernière ? have you heard the latest?

* * *

1.

- ière dɛʀnje, ɛʀ adjectif

1) ( qui termine une série) gén last; [étage, étagère] top

arriver dernier — ( dans une course) to come last

être bon dernier — to come well and truly last

un dernier mot avant que vous ne partiez — a final word before you go

la dissertation est pour le 20 juin dernier délai — the deadline for this essay is 20 June

de la dernière chance — final

2) ( précédent) last

l'an dernier — last year

3) ( le plus récent) [roman, nouvelles] latest

ces dernier temps — recently

4) ( extrême)

le dernier degré de — the height of

être du dernier ridicule — to be utterly ridiculous

c'était la dernière chose à faire — it was the worst possible thing to do

le dernier choix — the poorest quality

2.

nom masculin et féminin

1) ( qui est à la fin) last

les derniers — the last

arriver le dernier — to arrive last

tu es toujours le dernier — you are always last

c'est le dernier qui me reste — it's my last one

le dernier qui — ( personne) the last person who

c'est bien le dernier de mes soucis — that is the least of my worries

être le dernier de la classe — to be bottom of the class

le petit dernier — the youngest child

est-ce votre dernier? — is that your youngest?

ce dernier, ces derniers — ( de plusieurs) the latter

dans ce dernier cas — in the latter case

2) ( le pire)

c'est le dernier des imbéciles or idiots — he's a complete idiot

le dernier des derniers — the lowest of the low

3.

en dernier locution adverbiale last

Phrasal Verbs:

- dernier cri

- dernière demeure

- dernières volontés

* * *
dɛʀnje, jɛʀ (-ière)
1. adj

1) (dans l'espace) last

C'est la dernière maison, après la poste. — It's the last house, after the post office.

le dernier étage — the top floor

Il est arrivé dernier. — He arrived last.

2) (dans le temps, une liste) last

la dernière fois — the last time

la dernière fois que... — last time..., last time that...

lundi dernier — last Monday

le mois dernier — last month

3) (= le plus récent) latest

le dernier film de Spielberg — Spielberg's latest film

4) (= ultime) (effort) final

Allez, un dernier effort! — Go on, one final effort!

c'est mon dernier mot — that's my last word

5) (dans une hiérarchie) (le plus élevé) top, highest, (le moins élevé) lowest, bottom

avec l'espoir de parvenir un jour au dernier échelon — with the hope of one day reaching the top rung

relégué au dernier rang — relegated to the lowest position

6) (avec valeur intensive: meilleur)

du dernier chic — extremely smart

du dernier confort — the ultimate in comfort

Le racisme sera combattu avec la dernière énergie. — We will fight racism with all our strength.

7) (avec valeur intensive: pire) worst

C'est du dernier mauvais goût. — It's in the worst possible taste.

8) (autres locutions)

le dernier cri — the last word, the last word in fashion

les derniers honneurs — the last tribute

rendre le dernier soupir — to breathe one's last

2. nm/f

1) [course] last

le dernier de la classe — the bottom of the class

2) (de la famille) youngest

Je vous présente le petit dernier. — This is my youngest.

3) (en se référant à un antécédent)

ce dernier, cette dernière — the latter

3. nm

en dernier — last

Ajoutez le lait en dernier. — Put the milk in last.

* * *

dernier, - ière

A adj

1 ( qui termine une série) [coureur, jour, paragraphe, bâtiment] last; [étage, étagère] top; ce fut son dernier roman it was his/her last novel; faire un dernier effort to make one last effort; la dernière édition de la journée Presse the last edition of the day; la dernière édition date de 1920 the last edition came out in 1920; dernière chance last chance; dernière fois last time; décision de dernière minute or heure last-minute decision; attendre la dernière minute or le dernier moment pour faire to wait until the last minute to do; arriver dernier ( dans une course) to come last; arriver bon dernier to come in last a long way behind; être bon dernier to come well and truly last; être classé or placé dernier ( dans une course) to be in last place; c'est la toute dernière maison it's the very last house; un dernier mot avant que vous ne partiez a final word before you go; je voudrais ajouter un dernier mot I'd like to say one more thing; troisième et dernier volume third and final volume; je les veux jeudi dernier délai I want them by Thursday at the latest; la dissertation est pour le 20 juin dernier délai the deadline for this essay is 20 June; de la dernière chance final;

2 ( précédent) last; l'an dernier last year; jeudi dernier last Thursday; la nuit dernière last night; au siècle dernier in the 19th century; Noël dernier last Christmas; les dernières 24 heures ont été éprouvantes the last 24 hours have been terrible ou awful; pendant la dernière guerre during the last war; son dernier livre his/her last book; la dernière édition datait de 1910 the last edition came out in 1910;

3 ( le plus récent) [roman, album, production, nouvelles] latest; mon dernier roman paraîtra demain my latest novel will come out tomorrow; notre dernier modèle our latest model; notre dernière création our latest creation; les dernières exigences des ravisseurs the kidnappers'^GB latest demands; nouvelles de dernière heure latest news; aux dernières nouvelles on apprenait que the latest news was that; ces dernier temps recently; ces derniers temps il n'a pas fait beau the weather hasn't been very good recently ou lately;

4 ( extrême) le dernier degré de the height of; c'est ridicule au dernier degré or point it's utterly ou absolutely ridiculous; être du dernier ridicule to be utterly ou absolutely ridiculous; c'est de la dernière impolitesse it's the height of rudeness; c'était la dernière chose à faire it was the worst possible thing to do; c'est bien la dernière personne à qui je ferais des confidences he/she really is the last person I would confide in; c'est bien la dernière personne que j'aurais choisie he/she really is the last person I would have chosen; le dernier choix the poorest quality; c'est la dernière fois que je viens ici that's the last time I come here; les trois derniers jours the last three days.

B nmf

1 ( qui est à la fin) last; les derniers the last; arriver le dernier to arrive last; le dernier arrivé the last to arrive; le dernier arrivé offre une bouteille de champagne the last one there has to buy a bottle of champagne; tu es toujours le dernier you are always last; c'est le dernier qui me reste it's my last one; ce fut le dernier des rois de France he was the last of the kings of France; le dernier qui the last person who; ce sont les derniers à pouvoir faire they are the last people who could do; les premiers seront les derniers Bible the first shall be last; c'est bien le dernier de mes soucis that really is the least of my worries; être le dernier de la classe to be bottom of the class; être le dernier de la liste to be bottom of the list; si tu cherches ton nom dans la liste, c'est le dernier if you're looking for your name in the list, it's at the bottom; la dernière des guerres the war to end all wars; le petit dernier the youngest child; est-ce votre dernier? is that your youngest?; ce dernier, ces derniers ( de plusieurs) the latter; c'était un fidèle de Grovagnard, et il devint chef du parti à la mort de ce dernier he was a follower of Grovagnard, and became party leader when he died; elle est venue avec son mari, ce dernier me semblait d'ailleurs pas très à l'aise she came with her husband, who actually didn't seem very comfortable; elle est venue avec Pierre et Anne, cette dernière étant seule ce soir là she came with Pierre and Anne, the latter of whom happened to be alone that evening; dans ce dernier cas in the latter case;

2 ( le pire) c'est le dernier des imbéciles or idiots he's a complete idiot; c'est le dernier des lâches he's a complete and utter coward; le dernier des ignorants or imbéciles sait cela any fool knows that; le dernier des derniers the lowest of the low.

C en dernier loc adv last; je m'en occuperai en dernier I'll deal with that last; j'irai chez eux en dernier I'll go to them last.

D dernière nf

1 (histoire, nouvelle) la dernière the latest; connaissez-vous la dernière? have you heard the latest?;

2 ( d'un spectacle) last performance.

Composés

dernier cri latest fashion; dernière demeure final resting place; conduire/accompagner qn à sa dernière demeure to take/to accompany sb to his/her final resting place; dernières volontés final ou dying wish.

Idiome

(en) être à sa dernière heure to be on one's deathbed.

( féminin dernière) [dɛrnje, dɛrnjɛr] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou 'h' muet [dɛrnjɛr]) adjectif

A.[DANS LE TEMPS]

1. (avant le nom) [qui vient après tous les autres - avion, bus, personne] last ; [ - détail, préparatif] final

un dernier mot/point! one final word/point!

il vient de terminer ses derniers examens [en fin de cycle d'études] he's just taken his final exams ou finals

le dernier enchérisseur the highest bidder

un Warhol dernière période a late Warhol

les dernières années de sa vie the last years of his life

jusqu'à son dernier jour to his dying day, until the day he died

ce furent ses dernières paroles these were his dying ou last words

ses dernières volontés his last wishes

dernier arrivant ou arrivé ou venu latecomer

sa dernière demeure her final resting place

la dernière édition the late edition

la dernière séance the last ou late performance

avoir le dernier mot: il faut toujours qu'il ait le dernier mot he always has to have the last word

rendre les derniers devoirs ou honneurs ou un dernier hommage à quelqu'un to pay a final tribute ou one's last respects to somebody

2. (avant le nom) [arrêté, ultime] final

c'est mon dernier prix

a. [vendeur] it's the lowest I'll go

b. [acheteur] that's my final offer

dans un dernier sursaut de rage in a final burst of rage

en dernière analyse in the final ou last analysis, when all's said and done

3. [précédent] last, previous

la nuit dernière last night

la dernière fois, la fois dernière last time

ces dix dernières années these last ten years

4. (avant le nom) [le plus récent] last, latest

achète-moi la dernière biographie de Proust get me the latest biography of Proust

à la dernière minute, à la dernière seconde, au dernier moment: une décision prise à la dernière seconde a last-minute decision

je ferai mes valises au dernier moment I'll pack at the last minute ou possible moment

une nouvelle de dernière minute a late newsflash

on nous apprend/ils apprirent en dernière minute que... we've just heard this minute/at the last minute they heard that...

ces derniers temps lately, of late

les derniers temps de the last stages ou days of, the end of

tu connais la dernière nouvelle? have you heard the latest?

aux dernières nouvelles, le mariage aurait été annulé according to the latest news, the wedding's been cancelled

aux dernières nouvelles, elle était en Alaska she was last heard of in Alaska

de dernière heure [changement] last-minute

B.[DANS L'ESPACE]

1. [du bas - étagère] bottom

les chaussettes sont dans le dernier tiroir the socks are in the bottom drawer

2. [du haut] top

au dernier étage on the top floor

3. [du bout] last

un siège au dernier rang a seat in the back (row)

C.[DANS UN CLASSEMENT, UNE HIÉRARCHIE]

1. [dans une série] last

suite à la dernière page continued on the back page

2. [le plus mauvais] last, bottom

en dernière position in last position, last

le dernier élève de la classe the pupil at the bottom of the class

je suis dernier à l'examen I came last ou bottom (UK) in the exam

arriver bon dernier to come in last

3. [le meilleur] top, highest

le dernier échelon the highest level

D.[EN INTENSIF]

1. (avant le nom) [extrême, sens positif]

de la dernière importance of paramount ou of the utmost importance

du dernier chic extremely smart

atteindre le dernier degré de la perfection to attain the summit of perfection

2. (avant le nom) [extrême, sens négatif]

un acte de la dernière lâcheté the most cowardly of acts

traiter quelqu'un avec le dernier mépris to treat somebody with the greatest contempt

c'est de la dernière effronterie/impolitesse it's extremely cheeky/rude

du dernier mauvais goût in appalling bad taste

c'est la dernière chose à faire it's the last thing one should do

il est la dernière personne à qui je penserais he's the last person I'd have thought of!

c'est le dernier métier qu'on puisse imaginer it's the lowest job you could imagine

faire subir les derniers outrages à une femme (euphémisme) to violate a woman

————————

, dernière [dɛrnje, dɛrnjɛr] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou 'h' muet [dɛrnjɛr]) nom masculin, nom féminin

1. [dans le temps] last ou final one

je suis partie la dernière I left last, I was the last one to leave

je suis arrivé dans les derniers I was among the last ou final ones to arrive

[dans une famille] youngest

le dernier the youngest ou last (boy)

la dernière the youngest ou last (girl)

ses deux derniers his two youngest (children)

le petit dernier the youngest son

la petite dernière the youngest daughter

2. [dans l'espace - celui du haut] top one ; [ - celui du bas] last ou bottom one ; [ - celui du bout] last one

son dossier est le dernier de la pile her file is at the bottom of the pile

3. [dans une hiérarchie - le pire]

j'étais toujours le dernier en classe I was always (at the) bottom of the class

tu arrives le dernier avec 34 points you come last with 34 points

elle est la dernière à qui je le dirais she's the last person I'd tell

le dernier des derniers (familier) the lowest of the low

tu es le dernier des imbéciles (familier) you're a complete idiot

le dernier des lâches n'aurait pas fait ça even the worst coward wouldn't have done that

je serais vraiment le dernier des idiots! I'd be a complete fool!

c'est le dernier des maris he's a terrible husband

[dans une série] last one

allez, on en prend un dernier! [verre] let's have a last one (for the road)!

ils les ont tués jusqu'au dernier every single one of them was killed

4. [dans une narration]

ce dernier, cette dernière

a. [de deux] the latter

b. [de plusieurs] this last, the last-mentioned

il attendait la réponse de Luc, mais ce dernier se taisait he was waiting for Luc's answer but the latter kept quiet

————————

nom masculin

1. [étage] top floor

2. [dans une charade]

mon dernier est/a... my last is/has...

————————

dernière nom féminin

1. THÉÂTRE last performance

2. (familier) [nouvelle]

tu connais la dernière? have you heard the latest?

————————

au dernier degré locution adverbiale,

au dernier point locution adverbiale

extremely, to the highest ou last degree

j'étais excédé au dernier point I was utterly furious

c'est un alcoolique au dernier degré he's a complete alcoholic

drogué au dernier degré drugged to the eyeballs

————————

au dernier degré de locution prépositionnelle

in the utmost

au dernier degré du désespoir in the depths of despair

————————

dernier délai locution adverbiale

at the latest

————————

en dernier locution adverbiale

last

entrer en dernier to go in last, to be the last one to go in

son nom a été mentionné en dernier his name was mentioned last ou was the last one to be mentioned

ajoute le sel en dernier add the salt last ou at the end

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > dernier
51 AF

of

* * *

prep. w. dat.

I. Of place:

1) off, from;

G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;

ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;

Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;

Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;

hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;

Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;

tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;

bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;

land af landi, from one land to the other;

hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;

vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;

muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;

rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;

vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;

lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;

vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;

2) out of;

verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;

gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;

Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.

Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.

II. Of time; past, beyond:

af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;

ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;

þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;

var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.

III. In various other relations:

1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;

hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;

vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;

féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;

þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;

þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;

ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;

2) off, of;

höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;

vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;

þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;

absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;

fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;

3) of, among;

hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;

4) with;

hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;

fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;

5) of (= ór which is more frequent);

húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;

6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;

hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;

7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;

ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;

kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;

8) by, of (after passive);

ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;

ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;

9) on account of, by reason of, by;

úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;

ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;

af ástæld hans, by his popularity;

af því, therefore;

af hví, wherefor why;

af því at, because;

10) by means of, by;

framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;

af sínu fé, by one’s own means;

absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;

11) with adjectives, in regard to;

mildr af fé, liberal of money;

góðr af griðum, merciful;

fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;

12) used absol. with a verb, off away;

hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;

ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;

sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.

* * *

prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.

A. Loc.

I. With motion, off, from:

1. prop. corresp. to á,

α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.

β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.

γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.

δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.

ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.

ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).

2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).

II. WITHOUT MOTION:

1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.

2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.

β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.

γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.

3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.

β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.

4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.

B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:

1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.

2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.

3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.

C. In various other relations:

I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.

1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.

2. where an object is taken by force:

α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.

β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.

γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.

3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.

β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.

II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.

β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.

γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.

2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.

β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.

γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.

δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.

3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.

III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.

2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.

IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:

1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.

β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.

2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.

β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.

V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:

1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.

2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.

VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:

1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.

β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.

2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.

β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.

3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.

4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.

5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.

VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:

1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.

β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.

2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.

VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.

IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.

β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;

γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.

δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.

X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.

2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.

XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).

D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:

I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.

II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF
52 שני

שני, שָׁנָה(b. h.) 1) to repeat, do a second time. Yoma 86b ואם ש׳ בהןוכ׳ but if he committed the same sins again, he must confess them. Ib. כיון … וש׳ בהוכ׳ when a man commits a sin and repeats it, it appears to him permitted; M. Kat. 27b. Ib. 16b; Ber.18a אם קרית לא שָׁנִיתָ ואם שניתוכ׳ if thou hast read (studied), thou hast not repeated, and if thou hast repeated, thou hast not reviewed a third time, and if thou hast done so, they have not explained it to thee (v. פָּרַש). Sot.9a (ref. to Mal. 3:6) לא … ושָׁנִיתִי להוכ׳ I never struck a nation and had to do it a second time, but you, children of Israel, have not been consumed; Yalk. Deut. 825. Ib. שהיה מכה … ולא שֹׁונֶה לו who used to strike a man once and no more (killed with one stroke). Tosef.Toh.IV. 1 אומר לו שיִשְׁנֶה we say to him that he should do it again (when it will be seen whether it can be done without touching un-cleanness); אין שֹׁונִין בטהרות we must not try again for the purpose of deciding in matters of levitical cleanness; Nidd.5b אומרים לו שְׁנֵה ושונה we say to him, do it again, and he does it again; a. fr.Part. pass. שָׁנוּי; f. שְׁנוּיָה Meg.31a; Ab. Zar.19b, v. שָׁלַש; a. e. 2) (denom. of מִשְׁנָה) to study the Mishnah; in gen. to study; to teach. Meg.28b; Nidd.73a כל השונהוכ׳ he who studies (reviews) traditional laws every day. Meg.32a; Treat. Sofrim III, 10 השונה בלא זמרה who studies (Mishnah and Gemarah) without chant. B. Mets.44a שנית לנו … ותִשְׁנֶה לנווכ׳ in thy earlier days thou taughtest us … and again in thy old days, thou teachest us ?; Ab. Zar.52b. Erub.92a וכי רבי לא שְׁנָאָהּוכ׳ but if Rabbi has not taught that, whence could R. Ḥiyya have it?; Yeb.43a; Nidd.62a רבי לא שנהוכ׳ Rabbi has not taught this? whence ? Yeb.108b, a. e. מי שש׳ זו לא ש׳ זו he who taught this, has not taught that, i. e. the two clauses in the Mishnah are from different authors, v. תַּבְרָא. Ḥull.85a ראה רבי … ושְׁנָאָןוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. ושנאו) Rabbi approved of the opinion of R. … and embodied it in the Mishnah as the opinion of ‘the scholars. Pes.3b; Ḥull.63b לעולם יִשְׁנֶה אדם לתלמידווכ׳ one should always teach his pupil the shortest way (use the briefest terms). Ib. 81b, a. fr. לא שָׁנוּ אלאוכ׳ they have taught this only with regard to a case, i. e. this is meant only when ; a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. Nidd.22b, a. fr. במחלוקת שנויה, v. מַחֲלֹוקֶת. Nif. נִשְׁנֶה 1) to be repeated. Snh.59a ונִישְׁנֵית, v. נֹחַ. Ḥull.63b למה נִשְׁנוּ בבהמהוכ׳ why are the laws of clean and unclean animals repeated (in Deut.)? With reference to quadrupeds, on account of hasshsuʿah (Deut. 14:7, which is not found in Lev. 11:4), v. שְׁסוּעָה; Bekh.6b; a. e. 2) to be taught. B. Mets.33b; B. Kam.94b, a. e. בימי רבי נשנית משנה זו this Mishnah was taught (originated) in Rabbis days. Ber.28a, v. עֵדוּת; a. e. Hif. הִשְׂנֶה to teach (Mishnah). Lam. R. to I, 6 הַשְׁנֵינִי פרקוכ׳, v. קָרָא II; a. e. Pi. שנָּה, שִׁינָּה 1) to repeat, to come a second time. Y.1 Snh.III, 21b bot. לְשַׁנֹּות, v. טַעֲנָה. Num. R. s. 420> ולא שִׁינְּתָה, v. שָׁלַש;. 2) to change, vary, modify; to make a distinction. B. Mets.VI, 2 כל המְשַׁנֶּה ידיווכ׳, v. יָד Snh.92b אפי׳ … לא יְשנֶּה אדם את עצמווכ׳ even in time of danger (persecution) a man must not change himself from (disguise the insignia of) his office. Yeb.65b מותד … לשנותוכ׳ one may modify (the report of a persons utterances) in the interest of peace. Ib. גרול …הקב״ה ש׳ בווכ׳ peace is a great thing, for even the Lord modified (Sarahs words) for its sake (ref. to Gen. 18:12 a. 13). Y.Pes.IV, 30d top אל תְּשַׁנּוּ מנהנוכ׳ change not the usage of your fathers Gen. R. s. 48 זה אחד … ששִׁינּוּוכ׳ this is one of the things which they (the seventy translators) changed for king Ptolemee. Sabb.10b לעולם אל יְשַׁנֶּה אדם בנו בין הבנים a man must never distinguish his son among his sons (favor one son more than the others); Gen. R. s. 84. Bets.30a אם אי אפשר לשנות if it is not possible to do the thing in a different manner (so as to be reminded that it is a Holy Day). Tanḥ. Nitsabim 3 כבר … שלא אֲשנֶּה בכםוכ׳ I have sworn to you that I will not change my relation to you Yalk. Mal. 589 מי שי׳ במי which of us changed his conduct towards the other?; המקום לא שי׳ בישראל God has not changed his relation to Israel; a. fr.Part. pass. מְשוּנֶּה; f. מְשוּנָּה. Y.Taan.I, end, 64d עורב יצא מש׳ מן הבריות the raven came out of the ark looking different from all other creatures (black). Shek. V, 2, v. רִצְפָה. Sabb.56a (ref. to 2 Sam. 12:9) מש׳ רעה זווכ׳ this evil deed is different from all Ib. 156b מיתה מש׳ a strange (unnatural, sudden) death; Sot.35a; a. fr.Deut. R. s. 9 ראה אותו מש׳ he saw him (the angel of death) looking strange (excited); מפני מה אתה מש׳ why art thou excited? Hithpa. הִשְׁתַּנֶּה, Nithpa. נִשְׁתַּנֶּה to be changed, different. Snh.38a בשלשה … מִשְׁתַּנֶּה מחבירווכ׳ by three things one man is distinguishable from another: by his voice Pes.X, 4 (116a) מה נ׳ הלילהוכ׳ why is this night different from all other nights? Snh.71b (read:) הואיל ונ׳ דינו ונִשְׁתֵּנֵית מיתתו because his (the proselytes) legal status is different, and the mode of capital punishment is different for him. Sabb.53b נִשְׁתַּנּוּ לו סדריוכ׳ the order of nature had to be changed for him. R. Hash. 19a מה נִישְׁתַּנִּינוּ מכלוכ׳ wherein are we different from any other nation or tongue that you decree for us such hard decrees?; a. e.

Jewish literature > שני
53 שנה

שני, שָׁנָה(b. h.) 1) to repeat, do a second time. Yoma 86b ואם ש׳ בהןוכ׳ but if he committed the same sins again, he must confess them. Ib. כיון … וש׳ בהוכ׳ when a man commits a sin and repeats it, it appears to him permitted; M. Kat. 27b. Ib. 16b; Ber.18a אם קרית לא שָׁנִיתָ ואם שניתוכ׳ if thou hast read (studied), thou hast not repeated, and if thou hast repeated, thou hast not reviewed a third time, and if thou hast done so, they have not explained it to thee (v. פָּרַש). Sot.9a (ref. to Mal. 3:6) לא … ושָׁנִיתִי להוכ׳ I never struck a nation and had to do it a second time, but you, children of Israel, have not been consumed; Yalk. Deut. 825. Ib. שהיה מכה … ולא שֹׁונֶה לו who used to strike a man once and no more (killed with one stroke). Tosef.Toh.IV. 1 אומר לו שיִשְׁנֶה we say to him that he should do it again (when it will be seen whether it can be done without touching un-cleanness); אין שֹׁונִין בטהרות we must not try again for the purpose of deciding in matters of levitical cleanness; Nidd.5b אומרים לו שְׁנֵה ושונה we say to him, do it again, and he does it again; a. fr.Part. pass. שָׁנוּי; f. שְׁנוּיָה Meg.31a; Ab. Zar.19b, v. שָׁלַש; a. e. 2) (denom. of מִשְׁנָה) to study the Mishnah; in gen. to study; to teach. Meg.28b; Nidd.73a כל השונהוכ׳ he who studies (reviews) traditional laws every day. Meg.32a; Treat. Sofrim III, 10 השונה בלא זמרה who studies (Mishnah and Gemarah) without chant. B. Mets.44a שנית לנו … ותִשְׁנֶה לנווכ׳ in thy earlier days thou taughtest us … and again in thy old days, thou teachest us ?; Ab. Zar.52b. Erub.92a וכי רבי לא שְׁנָאָהּוכ׳ but if Rabbi has not taught that, whence could R. Ḥiyya have it?; Yeb.43a; Nidd.62a רבי לא שנהוכ׳ Rabbi has not taught this? whence ? Yeb.108b, a. e. מי שש׳ זו לא ש׳ זו he who taught this, has not taught that, i. e. the two clauses in the Mishnah are from different authors, v. תַּבְרָא. Ḥull.85a ראה רבי … ושְׁנָאָןוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. ושנאו) Rabbi approved of the opinion of R. … and embodied it in the Mishnah as the opinion of ‘the scholars. Pes.3b; Ḥull.63b לעולם יִשְׁנֶה אדם לתלמידווכ׳ one should always teach his pupil the shortest way (use the briefest terms). Ib. 81b, a. fr. לא שָׁנוּ אלאוכ׳ they have taught this only with regard to a case, i. e. this is meant only when ; a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. Nidd.22b, a. fr. במחלוקת שנויה, v. מַחֲלֹוקֶת. Nif. נִשְׁנֶה 1) to be repeated. Snh.59a ונִישְׁנֵית, v. נֹחַ. Ḥull.63b למה נִשְׁנוּ בבהמהוכ׳ why are the laws of clean and unclean animals repeated (in Deut.)? With reference to quadrupeds, on account of hasshsuʿah (Deut. 14:7, which is not found in Lev. 11:4), v. שְׁסוּעָה; Bekh.6b; a. e. 2) to be taught. B. Mets.33b; B. Kam.94b, a. e. בימי רבי נשנית משנה זו this Mishnah was taught (originated) in Rabbis days. Ber.28a, v. עֵדוּת; a. e. Hif. הִשְׂנֶה to teach (Mishnah). Lam. R. to I, 6 הַשְׁנֵינִי פרקוכ׳, v. קָרָא II; a. e. Pi. שנָּה, שִׁינָּה 1) to repeat, to come a second time. Y.1 Snh.III, 21b bot. לְשַׁנֹּות, v. טַעֲנָה. Num. R. s. 420> ולא שִׁינְּתָה, v. שָׁלַש;. 2) to change, vary, modify; to make a distinction. B. Mets.VI, 2 כל המְשַׁנֶּה ידיווכ׳, v. יָד Snh.92b אפי׳ … לא יְשנֶּה אדם את עצמווכ׳ even in time of danger (persecution) a man must not change himself from (disguise the insignia of) his office. Yeb.65b מותד … לשנותוכ׳ one may modify (the report of a persons utterances) in the interest of peace. Ib. גרול …הקב״ה ש׳ בווכ׳ peace is a great thing, for even the Lord modified (Sarahs words) for its sake (ref. to Gen. 18:12 a. 13). Y.Pes.IV, 30d top אל תְּשַׁנּוּ מנהנוכ׳ change not the usage of your fathers Gen. R. s. 48 זה אחד … ששִׁינּוּוכ׳ this is one of the things which they (the seventy translators) changed for king Ptolemee. Sabb.10b לעולם אל יְשַׁנֶּה אדם בנו בין הבנים a man must never distinguish his son among his sons (favor one son more than the others); Gen. R. s. 84. Bets.30a אם אי אפשר לשנות if it is not possible to do the thing in a different manner (so as to be reminded that it is a Holy Day). Tanḥ. Nitsabim 3 כבר … שלא אֲשנֶּה בכםוכ׳ I have sworn to you that I will not change my relation to you Yalk. Mal. 589 מי שי׳ במי which of us changed his conduct towards the other?; המקום לא שי׳ בישראל God has not changed his relation to Israel; a. fr.Part. pass. מְשוּנֶּה; f. מְשוּנָּה. Y.Taan.I, end, 64d עורב יצא מש׳ מן הבריות the raven came out of the ark looking different from all other creatures (black). Shek. V, 2, v. רִצְפָה. Sabb.56a (ref. to 2 Sam. 12:9) מש׳ רעה זווכ׳ this evil deed is different from all Ib. 156b מיתה מש׳ a strange (unnatural, sudden) death; Sot.35a; a. fr.Deut. R. s. 9 ראה אותו מש׳ he saw him (the angel of death) looking strange (excited); מפני מה אתה מש׳ why art thou excited? Hithpa. הִשְׁתַּנֶּה, Nithpa. נִשְׁתַּנֶּה to be changed, different. Snh.38a בשלשה … מִשְׁתַּנֶּה מחבירווכ׳ by three things one man is distinguishable from another: by his voice Pes.X, 4 (116a) מה נ׳ הלילהוכ׳ why is this night different from all other nights? Snh.71b (read:) הואיל ונ׳ דינו ונִשְׁתֵּנֵית מיתתו because his (the proselytes) legal status is different, and the mode of capital punishment is different for him. Sabb.53b נִשְׁתַּנּוּ לו סדריוכ׳ the order of nature had to be changed for him. R. Hash. 19a מה נִישְׁתַּנִּינוּ מכלוכ׳ wherein are we different from any other nation or tongue that you decree for us such hard decrees?; a. e.

Jewish literature > שנה
54 שָׁנָה

שני, שָׁנָה(b. h.) 1) to repeat, do a second time. Yoma 86b ואם ש׳ בהןוכ׳ but if he committed the same sins again, he must confess them. Ib. כיון … וש׳ בהוכ׳ when a man commits a sin and repeats it, it appears to him permitted; M. Kat. 27b. Ib. 16b; Ber.18a אם קרית לא שָׁנִיתָ ואם שניתוכ׳ if thou hast read (studied), thou hast not repeated, and if thou hast repeated, thou hast not reviewed a third time, and if thou hast done so, they have not explained it to thee (v. פָּרַש). Sot.9a (ref. to Mal. 3:6) לא … ושָׁנִיתִי להוכ׳ I never struck a nation and had to do it a second time, but you, children of Israel, have not been consumed; Yalk. Deut. 825. Ib. שהיה מכה … ולא שֹׁונֶה לו who used to strike a man once and no more (killed with one stroke). Tosef.Toh.IV. 1 אומר לו שיִשְׁנֶה we say to him that he should do it again (when it will be seen whether it can be done without touching un-cleanness); אין שֹׁונִין בטהרות we must not try again for the purpose of deciding in matters of levitical cleanness; Nidd.5b אומרים לו שְׁנֵה ושונה we say to him, do it again, and he does it again; a. fr.Part. pass. שָׁנוּי; f. שְׁנוּיָה Meg.31a; Ab. Zar.19b, v. שָׁלַש; a. e. 2) (denom. of מִשְׁנָה) to study the Mishnah; in gen. to study; to teach. Meg.28b; Nidd.73a כל השונהוכ׳ he who studies (reviews) traditional laws every day. Meg.32a; Treat. Sofrim III, 10 השונה בלא זמרה who studies (Mishnah and Gemarah) without chant. B. Mets.44a שנית לנו … ותִשְׁנֶה לנווכ׳ in thy earlier days thou taughtest us … and again in thy old days, thou teachest us ?; Ab. Zar.52b. Erub.92a וכי רבי לא שְׁנָאָהּוכ׳ but if Rabbi has not taught that, whence could R. Ḥiyya have it?; Yeb.43a; Nidd.62a רבי לא שנהוכ׳ Rabbi has not taught this? whence ? Yeb.108b, a. e. מי שש׳ זו לא ש׳ זו he who taught this, has not taught that, i. e. the two clauses in the Mishnah are from different authors, v. תַּבְרָא. Ḥull.85a ראה רבי … ושְׁנָאָןוכ׳ Ms. M. (ed. ושנאו) Rabbi approved of the opinion of R. … and embodied it in the Mishnah as the opinion of ‘the scholars. Pes.3b; Ḥull.63b לעולם יִשְׁנֶה אדם לתלמידווכ׳ one should always teach his pupil the shortest way (use the briefest terms). Ib. 81b, a. fr. לא שָׁנוּ אלאוכ׳ they have taught this only with regard to a case, i. e. this is meant only when ; a. fr.Part. pass. as ab. Nidd.22b, a. fr. במחלוקת שנויה, v. מַחֲלֹוקֶת. Nif. נִשְׁנֶה 1) to be repeated. Snh.59a ונִישְׁנֵית, v. נֹחַ. Ḥull.63b למה נִשְׁנוּ בבהמהוכ׳ why are the laws of clean and unclean animals repeated (in Deut.)? With reference to quadrupeds, on account of hasshsuʿah (Deut. 14:7, which is not found in Lev. 11:4), v. שְׁסוּעָה; Bekh.6b; a. e. 2) to be taught. B. Mets.33b; B. Kam.94b, a. e. בימי רבי נשנית משנה זו this Mishnah was taught (originated) in Rabbis days. Ber.28a, v. עֵדוּת; a. e. Hif. הִשְׂנֶה to teach (Mishnah). Lam. R. to I, 6 הַשְׁנֵינִי פרקוכ׳, v. קָרָא II; a. e. Pi. שנָּה, שִׁינָּה 1) to repeat, to come a second time. Y.1 Snh.III, 21b bot. לְשַׁנֹּות, v. טַעֲנָה. Num. R. s. 420> ולא שִׁינְּתָה, v. שָׁלַש;. 2) to change, vary, modify; to make a distinction. B. Mets.VI, 2 כל המְשַׁנֶּה ידיווכ׳, v. יָד Snh.92b אפי׳ … לא יְשנֶּה אדם את עצמווכ׳ even in time of danger (persecution) a man must not change himself from (disguise the insignia of) his office. Yeb.65b מותד … לשנותוכ׳ one may modify (the report of a persons utterances) in the interest of peace. Ib. גרול …הקב״ה ש׳ בווכ׳ peace is a great thing, for even the Lord modified (Sarahs words) for its sake (ref. to Gen. 18:12 a. 13). Y.Pes.IV, 30d top אל תְּשַׁנּוּ מנהנוכ׳ change not the usage of your fathers Gen. R. s. 48 זה אחד … ששִׁינּוּוכ׳ this is one of the things which they (the seventy translators) changed for king Ptolemee. Sabb.10b לעולם אל יְשַׁנֶּה אדם בנו בין הבנים a man must never distinguish his son among his sons (favor one son more than the others); Gen. R. s. 84. Bets.30a אם אי אפשר לשנות if it is not possible to do the thing in a different manner (so as to be reminded that it is a Holy Day). Tanḥ. Nitsabim 3 כבר … שלא אֲשנֶּה בכםוכ׳ I have sworn to you that I will not change my relation to you Yalk. Mal. 589 מי שי׳ במי which of us changed his conduct towards the other?; המקום לא שי׳ בישראל God has not changed his relation to Israel; a. fr.Part. pass. מְשוּנֶּה; f. מְשוּנָּה. Y.Taan.I, end, 64d עורב יצא מש׳ מן הבריות the raven came out of the ark looking different from all other creatures (black). Shek. V, 2, v. רִצְפָה. Sabb.56a (ref. to 2 Sam. 12:9) מש׳ רעה זווכ׳ this evil deed is different from all Ib. 156b מיתה מש׳ a strange (unnatural, sudden) death; Sot.35a; a. fr.Deut. R. s. 9 ראה אותו מש׳ he saw him (the angel of death) looking strange (excited); מפני מה אתה מש׳ why art thou excited? Hithpa. הִשְׁתַּנֶּה, Nithpa. נִשְׁתַּנֶּה to be changed, different. Snh.38a בשלשה … מִשְׁתַּנֶּה מחבירווכ׳ by three things one man is distinguishable from another: by his voice Pes.X, 4 (116a) מה נ׳ הלילהוכ׳ why is this night different from all other nights? Snh.71b (read:) הואיל ונ׳ דינו ונִשְׁתֵּנֵית מיתתו because his (the proselytes) legal status is different, and the mode of capital punishment is different for him. Sabb.53b נִשְׁתַּנּוּ לו סדריוכ׳ the order of nature had to be changed for him. R. Hash. 19a מה נִישְׁתַּנִּינוּ מכלוכ׳ wherein are we different from any other nation or tongue that you decree for us such hard decrees?; a. e.

Jewish literature > שָׁנָה
55 recordar

v.

1 to remember (acordarse de).

ese pintor recuerda a Picasso that painter is reminiscent of Picasso

si mal no recuerdo as far as I can remember

María recuerda su niñez Mary remembers her childhood.

María recuerda y llora Mary remembers and cries.

2 to remind (traer a la memoria).

me recuerda a un amigo mío he reminds me of a friend of mine

recuérdame que cierre el gas remind me to turn the gas off

tienes que ir al dentista esta tarde — ¡no me lo recuerdes! you have to go to the dentist this afternoon — don't remind me!

Le recordaré a María I will remind Mary.

3 to remind to.

María le recuerda a Ricardo recogerla Mary reminds Richard to pick her up.

4 to remember of.

Esta foto me recordó a mi papá This photo remembered me of my father.

* * *

recordar

Conjugation model [ CONTAR], like link=contar contar

► verbo transitivo

1 (rememorar) to remember

■ no recuerdo nada I can't remember anything

■ ¿recuerdas? do you remember?

2 (traer a la memoria) to remind (a, of)

■ me recuerda a mi hermano he reminds me of my brother

■ recuérdale que escriba remind her to write

3 (conmemorar) to commemorate

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

que yo recuerde as far as I can remember

si mal no recuerdo if I remember rightly, if my memory serves me right

* * *

verb

1) to remember, recall

2) remind

* * *

1. VT

1) (=acordarse de) to remember

prefieren no recordar aquellos tiempos — they prefer not to remember those times

1999 será recordado como un año estupendo para todos — 1999 will be remembered as a great year for everybody

recuerdo que un día se me acercó y me dijo... — I remember that one day she came over to me and said...

no lo recuerdo — I can't remember, I don't remember

• creo recordar que... — I seem to remember o recall that...

• recordar haber hecho algo — to remember doing o having done sth

recuerda haberlo dicho — he remembers saying o having said it

no recuerdo haberte dado permiso para salir — I don't remember o recall giving o having given you permission to go out

• recordar que — to remember that

recuerdo que no llegó hasta por la noche — I remember that he didn't arrive until nighttime

2) (=traer a la memoria) to remind

estas botas me recuerdan a las que llevábamos de pequeños — these boots remind me of the ones we used to wear as children

¿a qué te recuerda esa foto? — what does that photo remind you of?

el poema recuerda a García Lorca — the poem is reminiscent of García Lorca

• recordar algo a algn — to remind sb of sth

recuérdale que me debe 50 dólares — remind him that he owes me 50 dollars

te recuerdo que son las tres — let me remind you that it's three o'clock

me permito recordarle que aún no hemos recibido el pago — I would remind you o may I remind you that we have not yet received payment

• recordar a algn que haga algo — to remind sb to do sth

recuérdame que ponga la lavadora — remind me to put the washing (machine) on

3) Méx * (=despertar) to wake up

2.

VI to remember

no recuerdo — I can't o don't remember

si mal no recuerdo — if my memory serves me right o correctly, if I remember rightly o correctly

que yo recuerde — as far as I can remember, as I recall frm

3.

See:

recordarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) <nombre/fecha> to remember, recall

soy muy malo para recordar fechas — I'm very bad at remembering dates

recuerdo que lo puse ahí — I remember o recall putting it there

b) ( rememorar) to remember

recordar viejos tiempos — to remember old times

recuerdo esa época con cariño — I have fond memories of that time

2)

a) ( traer a la memoria)

recordarle A alguien/algo que + subj — to remind somebody about something/to + inf

recuérdale lo de la cena/que los llame — remind him about the supper/to call them about the supper

les recuerdo que... — I would like to remind you that...

b) (por asociación, parecido) to remind

su forma recuerda la de una calabaza — its shape reminds one of a pumpkin

estos versos recuerdan a Neruda — these verses are reminiscent of Neruda; (+ me/te/le etc)

esto me recuerda que... — this reminds me that...

me recuerdas a tu hermano — you remind me of your brother
2.
recordar vi ( acordarse) to remember

que yo recuerde... — as far as I remember...

si mal no recuerdo — if I remember right
3.
recordarse v pron (Chi) ( acordarse) to remember

recordarse DE algo/alguien — to remember something/somebody

* * *

= cast + mind back to, recall, recollect, remember, remind, hark(en) back to, come back, reminisce, evoke, be reminiscent of, bring to + mind, recur to, hearken back to.

Nota: También escrito harken o hark.

Ex. First cast your mind back to our examination of the Colon Classification.

Ex. As will be recalled from the foregoing discussion of Panizzi's ideology, his main entry was designed to represent a book not as a individual entity but as an edition of a particular work by a particular author.

Ex. There was a heavy and prolonged silence as Datto scrambled through his mind, trying to recollect the details of the event that had apparently trigerred this violent reaction.

Ex. A summary at the end of a document is intended to complete the orientation of the reader, and to identify the significant ideas for the reader to remember.

Ex. The insert mode indicator (the arrow pointing upwards) appears on the screen to remind you that the keyboard is in insert mode.

Ex. The third point is one that harks back to the chapter on peer influences.

Ex. At the sight of the park, something came back to Slake.

Ex. A general session featured Isaac Asimov who reminisced about libraries in his youth and predicted the continuing need for libraries.

Ex. If my comments yesterday managed to evoke the landscape of the State of Ohio, I offer no apologies.

Ex. In this sense this book is reminiscent of the cunningly drawn pictures of our youth.

Ex. These commands bring to mind word frequency-based automatic indexing algorithms of the past 3 decades.

Ex. The kitchen was full of glancing sunlight and clean color; and as she sat there her mind recurred to her attempts to get her assistant to stay.

Ex. The term 'first cold press' hearkens back to the traditional method, where the best oil came from the first pressing; subsequent pressings release more oil, but of inferior quality.

----

* ayuda para recordar = memory aid.

* digno de ser recordado = memorable.

* facilidad de recordar = memorability.

* facultad de recordar = power of recall.

* hacer recordar = jog + Posesivo + memory, bring to + mind.

* que ayuda a recordar = memory-jogging.

* que + Pronombre + recordar = to the best of + Posesivo + recollection.

* que se recuerde = in living memory.

* recordar a = reek of.

* recordar a uno Algo = bring + Nombre + back to.

* recordar de un modo rápido = sweep back to.

* recordar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.

* recordar fácilmente = produce + on call.

* recordar mal = misremember.

* recordar + Posesivo + palabras = mark + Posesivo + words.

* recordarse = go down as.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) <nombre/fecha> to remember, recall

soy muy malo para recordar fechas — I'm very bad at remembering dates

recuerdo que lo puse ahí — I remember o recall putting it there

b) ( rememorar) to remember

recordar viejos tiempos — to remember old times

recuerdo esa época con cariño — I have fond memories of that time

2)

a) ( traer a la memoria)

recordarle A alguien/algo que + subj — to remind somebody about something/to + inf

recuérdale lo de la cena/que los llame — remind him about the supper/to call them about the supper

les recuerdo que... — I would like to remind you that...

b) (por asociación, parecido) to remind

su forma recuerda la de una calabaza — its shape reminds one of a pumpkin

estos versos recuerdan a Neruda — these verses are reminiscent of Neruda; (+ me/te/le etc)

esto me recuerda que... — this reminds me that...

me recuerdas a tu hermano — you remind me of your brother
2.
recordar vi ( acordarse) to remember

que yo recuerde... — as far as I remember...

si mal no recuerdo — if I remember right
3.
recordarse v pron (Chi) ( acordarse) to remember

recordarse DE algo/alguien — to remember something/somebody

* * *

= cast + mind back to, recall, recollect, remember, remind, hark(en) back to, come back, reminisce, evoke, be reminiscent of, bring to + mind, recur to, hearken back to.

Nota: También escrito harken o hark.

Ex: First cast your mind back to our examination of the Colon Classification.

Ex: As will be recalled from the foregoing discussion of Panizzi's ideology, his main entry was designed to represent a book not as a individual entity but as an edition of a particular work by a particular author.

Ex: There was a heavy and prolonged silence as Datto scrambled through his mind, trying to recollect the details of the event that had apparently trigerred this violent reaction.

Ex: A summary at the end of a document is intended to complete the orientation of the reader, and to identify the significant ideas for the reader to remember.

Ex: The insert mode indicator (the arrow pointing upwards) appears on the screen to remind you that the keyboard is in insert mode.

Ex: The third point is one that harks back to the chapter on peer influences.

Ex: At the sight of the park, something came back to Slake.

Ex: A general session featured Isaac Asimov who reminisced about libraries in his youth and predicted the continuing need for libraries.

Ex: If my comments yesterday managed to evoke the landscape of the State of Ohio, I offer no apologies.

Ex: In this sense this book is reminiscent of the cunningly drawn pictures of our youth.

Ex: These commands bring to mind word frequency-based automatic indexing algorithms of the past 3 decades.

Ex: The kitchen was full of glancing sunlight and clean color; and as she sat there her mind recurred to her attempts to get her assistant to stay.

Ex: The term 'first cold press' hearkens back to the traditional method, where the best oil came from the first pressing; subsequent pressings release more oil, but of inferior quality.

* ayuda para recordar = memory aid.

* digno de ser recordado = memorable.

* facilidad de recordar = memorability.

* facultad de recordar = power of recall.

* hacer recordar = jog + Posesivo + memory, bring to + mind.

* que ayuda a recordar = memory-jogging.

* que + Pronombre + recordar = to the best of + Posesivo + recollection.

* que se recuerde = in living memory.

* recordar a = reek of.

* recordar a uno Algo = bring + Nombre + back to.

* recordar de un modo rápido = sweep back to.

* recordar el pasado = take + a trip down memory lane, stroll down + memory lane, take + a stroll down memory lane.

* recordar fácilmente = produce + on call.

* recordar mal = misremember.

* recordar + Posesivo + palabras = mark + Posesivo + words.

* recordarse = go down as.

* * *

recordar [ A10 ]

vt

A

1 ‹nombre/fecha› to remember, recall

¿recuerdas dónde lo encontraste? do you remember o recall where you found it?

soy muy malo para recordar fechas I'm very bad at remembering dates

recuerdo que lo puse sobre la mesa I remember o recall putting it on the table

no recordaba exactamente qué había pasado she couldn't recall o recollect o remember exactly what had happened

2 (rememorar) to remember

recordar viejos tiempos to remember the old days, to reminisce about the old days

recuerdo esa época con mucho cariño I have fond memories of that time

B

1 (traer a la memoria) recordarle algo A algn:

recuérdale que los llame remind him to call them

les recuerdo que mañana es el último día remember that o I would like to remind you that tomorrow is the last day

me recordó lo del sábado pasado he reminded me about what happened last Saturday

2 (por asociación, parecido) to remind

su forma recuerda la de una calabaza its shape reminds one of a pumpkin, its shape is reminiscent of a pumpkin

estos versos recuerdan a Jorge Manrique these verses are reminiscent of Jorge Manrique

(+ me/te/le etc): esto me recuerda aquella vez que … this reminds me of the time that …

me recuerdas a tu hermano you remind me of your brother

estas calles me recuerdan mucho Bogotá these streets remind me a lot of Bogotá

■ recordar

vi

A (acordarse) to remember

que yo recuerde sólo estaba él as I remember (it) o as I recall o as far as I remember he was the only one there

si mal no recuerdo if I remember right, if my memory serves me well o correctly

B ( Méx fam) (despertarse) to wake up

■ recordarse

v pron

A ( Méx fam) (despertarse) to wake up

B ( Chi) (acordarse) to remember recordarse DE algo/algn to remember sth/sb

* * *

Multiple Entries:
recordar
recordar algo
recordar ( conjugate recordar) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹nombre/fecha› to remember, recall;

◊ recuerdo que lo puse ahí I remember o recall putting it there

b) ( rememorar) ‹niñez/pasado› to remember

2
a) ( traer a la memoria) recordarle A algnalgo/ que haga algo to remind sb about sth/to do sth;

◊ les recuerdo que … I would like to remind you that …

b) (por asociación, parecido) to remind;

◊ me recuerdas a tu hermano you remind me of your brother

verbo intransitivo ( acordarse) to remember;
◊ si mal no recuerdo if I remember right

recordar
I verbo transitivo
1 (acordarse) to remember, recall: no recuerdo su nombre, I can't remember his name
2 (hacer recordar) to remind: recuérdame que compre el pan, remind me to buy some bread
me recuerda a su madre, she reminds me of her mother
II verbo intransitivo to remember: si mal no recuerdo, if I remember rightly ➣ Ver nota en remember y remind
To remember significa recordar algo ocurrido en el pasado: Recuerdo mi último cumpleaños. I remember my last birthday. To remind significa recordar a alguien que tiene que hacer algo: Recuérdame que mañana tengo que ir al banco. Remind me to go to the bank tomorrow.

' recordar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
desempolvar
- evocar
- hablarse
- pasada
- pasado
- recuerdo
- vista
- acordar
- creer
- retener
English:
eventful
- look back
- recall
- recollect
- remember
- remind
- reminiscent
- seem
- think back
- bring
- mind
- must
- reminder
- think

* * *

recordar

♦ vt

1. [acordarse de] to remember;

no recuerdo dónde he dejado las llaves I can't remember where I left the keys;

recuerdo que me lo dijo I remember him telling me;

no recordaba yo un invierno tan frío I don't remember a winter as cold as this

2. [traer a la memoria] to remind;

recuérdame que cierre el gas remind me to turn the gas off;

te recuerdo que el plazo termina mañana don't forget that the deadline is tomorrow;

tienes que ir al dentista esta tarde – ¡no me lo recuerdes! you have to go to the dentist this afternoon – don't remind me!

3. [por asociación] to remind;

me recuerda a un amigo mío he reminds me of a friend of mine;

me recuerda aquella vez que nos quedamos sin luz it reminds me of that time when the electricity got cut off

♦ vi

1. [acordarse] to remember;

si mal no recuerdo as far as I can remember

2. [traer a la memoria]
ese pintor recuerda a Picasso that painter is reminiscent of Picasso

3. Méx [despertar] to wake up

♦ See also the pronominal verb recordarse

* * *

recordar

I v/t remember, recall;

recordar algo a alguien remind s.o. of sth

II v/i

1

:

si mal no recuerdo if my memory serves me right

2 Méx

wake up

* * *

recordar {19} vt

1) : to recall, to remember

2) : to remind

recordar vi

1) acordarse: to remember

2) despertar: to wake up

* * *

recordar vb

1. (acordarse) to remember

recuerdo el día en que lo conocí I remember the day I met him

2. (hacer pensar) to remind

recuérdame que llame a Maite remind me to phone Maite

su voz me recuerda a la de mi primo his voice reminds me of my cousin's

Spanish-English dictionary > recordar
56 coup

coup [ku]

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque coup est suivi d'un complément de nom désignant une partie du corps ou un instrument, par exemple coup de pied, coup de téléphone, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━masculine noun

   a. ( = heurt, choc) blow

• il a pris un coup sur la tête ( = il s'est cogné) he banged his head ; ( = on l'a frappé) he was hit on the head

• la voiture a reçu un coup the car has had a bump

• donner des coups dans la porte to bang on the door

• en prendre un sacré coup (inf) [carrosserie] to have a nasty bang ; [personne, confiance, moral] to take a (real) knock

• ça lui a fichu un coup (inf) it's given him a shock

• coup dur hard blow

• il m'a donné un coup he hit me

• en venir aux coups to come to blows

• coups et blessures assault and battery

   b. (Sport, Jeux) (Cricket, golf, tennis) stroke ; (Boxing) punch ; (Shooting) shot ; (Chess) move ; (aux dés) throw

• coup droit (Tennis) drive

• faire un coup droit to do a forehand drive

• coup bas blow below the belt

• c'était un coup bas it was below the belt

• coup franc (Football, rugby) free kick ; (Basketball) free-throw shot

• tous les coups sont permis no holds barred

   c. [d'arme à feu] shot

• il jouait avec le fusil quand le coup est parti he was playing with the rifle when it went off

   d. ( = habileté) avoir le coup to have the knack

• attraper or prendre le coup to get the knack

   e. ( = bruit) knock

• sonner 3 coups to ring 3 times

• les douze coups de minuit the twelve strokes of midnight

• sur le coup de minuit (inf) on the stroke of midnight

   f. ( = événement) coup du sort blow dealt by fate

• coup de chance or de bol (inf) stroke of luck

   g. ( = action) [de cambrioleurs] job (inf)

• il est sur un coup (inf) he's up to something

• elle voulait cette maison, mais ils étaient plusieurs sur le coup (inf) she wanted that house but there were several people after it (inf)

• c'est un coup à tenter it's worth a go (inf)

• il a raté son coup he blew it (inf)

• c'est un coup à se tuer ! (inf) you could get yourself killed doing that!

• c'est encore un coup de 1 000 € (inf) that'll be another 1,000 euros to fork out (inf)

• coup monté set-up (inf)

• tu ne vas pas nous faire le coup d'être malade you're not going to go and be ill on us (inf)

• il nous fait le coup chaque fois he always does that

• faire un coup en vache à qn (inf) to pull a dirty trick on sb (inf)

   h. ( = fois) (inf) time

• à tous les coups every time

• du même coup at the same time

• pleurer un bon coup to have a good cry

   i. ( = boisson) (inf) aller boire un coup to go and have something to drink ; (au café) to go for a drink

• j'ai bu un coup de rouge I had a glass of red wine

• il a bu un coup de trop he's had one too many (inf)

   j. ( = partenaire sexuel) (vulg!) être un bon coup to be a good lay (vulg!)

   k. (locutions) en mettre un coup (inf) to pull out all the stops (inf)

► à coup(s) de

• le théâtre ne fonctionne qu'à coups de subventions ( = au moyen de) the theatre can only function thanks to subsidies► à coup sûr definitely

► après coup afterwards

► au coup par coup [agir] on an ad hoc basis ; [embaucher, acheter] as and when the need arises

► dans le coup

• être dans le coup (impliqué) to be in on it (inf) ; (au courant) to know all about it ; (à la page) to be with it (inf)

• mettre qn dans le coup to get sb involved► du coup as a result

► d'un seul coup ( = soudain) all at once ; ( = en une seule fois) in one go

► du premier coup [reconnaître, voir] straight away

• il a eu son permis de conduire du premier coup he passed his driving test first time► pour le coup

• là, pour le coup, il m'a étonné he really surprised me there► sous le coup de

• être sous le coup d'une forte émotion to be in a highly emotional state

• il l'a fait sous le coup de la colère he did it in a fit of anger

• être sous le coup d'une condamnation to have a current conviction

• tomber sous le coup de la loi to be a statutory offence► coup sur coup in quick succession

• deux victoires coup sur coup two successive wins► sur le coup ( = instantanément) outright

• mourir sur le coup to be killed outright

• sur le coup je n'ai pas compris at the time I didn't understand► tout à coup all of a sudden

► tout d'un coup all of a sudden

► valoir le coup

• ça vaut le coup it's worth it

• c'est un film qui vaut le coup the film is worth seeing

* * *
ku
Note: Les expressions comme coup de barre, coup de maître, coup de téléphone etc seront normalement dans le dictionnaire sous le deuxième élément donc respectivement sous barre, maître, téléphone etc

nom masculin

1) ( choc physique) ( neutre) knock; ( brutal) blow, whack (colloq); (dur, par accident) bang; ( qui entaille) stroke; ( d'un mouvement tranchant) chop; ( du plat de la main) smack; ( sec et rapide) rap; ( léger et direct) tap; ( léger et fouettant) flick; ( de la pointe) poke, prod, jab

coup à la porte — knock at the door

coup de marteau — hammer blow

d'un coup de hache — [couper, tuer] with a single blow from an axe GB ou ax US

à coups de hache — [couper, tuer] with an axe GB ou ax US

casser la porte à (grands) coups de marteau — to break down the door with a hammer

à coups de subventions — by means of subsidies

fièvre combattue à coups d'antibiotiques — fever controlled with antibiotics

sous le coup d'un embargo — under an embargo

donner un coup de quelque chose à quelqu'un — gén to hit ou strike somebody with something

donner un coup de poing/pied/couteau à quelqu'un — to punch/kick/stab somebody

prendre un coup — [personne, voiture] to get a knock

en avoir pris un coup — (colloq) fig ( être très abîmé) to have taken (quite) a punishing

rendre coup pour coup — lit to fight back; fig to give tit for tat

en venir aux coups — to come to blows ( pour over)

les trois coups — Théâtre three knocks signalling [BrE] that the curtain is about to rise

2) ( choc moral) gén blow; ( plus modéré) knock

porter un coup (sévère) à — to deal [somebody/something] a (severe) blow [personne, organisation]

en cas de coup dur — ( accident) should anything really bad happen; ( difficulté) if things get rough

ça m'a donné un (sacré) coup — (colloq) it gave me an awful shock

sous le coup de la colère — in (a fit of) anger

sous le coup de la fatigue/peur — out of tiredness/fear

être sous le coup d'une forte émotion — to be in a highly emotional state

tomber sous le coup d'une condamnation — to be liable to conviction

3) ( bruit) gén knock; ( retentissant) bang; ( sourd) thump, thud

au douzième coup de minuit — on the last stroke of midnight

sur le coup de dix heures — (colloq) around ten

coup de gong — stroke of a gong

coup de sifflet — whistle blast

4) ( mouvement rapide)

se donner un (petit) coup de brosse/peigne — to give one's hair a (quick) brush/comb GB, to brush/comb one's hair (quickly)

donner un coup sur la table — to dust the table

les volets ont besoin d'un coup de peinture — the shutters need a lick of paint

d'un coup d'aile — with a flap of its wings

5) Jeux, Sport (au tennis, golf, cricket) gén stroke; ( qu'on juge) shot; (aux échecs, dames) move; ( aux dés) throw; ( à la boxe) blow, punch; ( au karaté) ( du poing) punch; ( du tranchant) chop; ( du pied) kick

tous les coups sont permis — lit, fig no holds barred

coup défendu — Jeux, Sport foul

6) ( d'arme à feu) (décharge, détonation) shot; ( munition) round

blesser quelqu'un d'un coup de fusil or pistolet — to shoot and wound somebody

tuer quelqu'un d'un coup de fusil or pistolet — to shoot somebody dead

7) (colloq) ( action organisée) ( opération illégale) job (colloq), racket (colloq); ( vilain tour) trick (colloq); ( manœuvre) move

monter un coup — to plan a job (colloq)

coup monté! — set-up! (colloq)

mettre quelqu'un dans le coup — to cut somebody in on the deal (colloq)

être sur un gros coup — to be onto something big (colloq)

il a raté son coup — (colloq) he blew it (colloq)

réussir son coup — to pull it off

être dans le coup — ( impliqué) to be in on it; ( au courant) to be up to date, to know what's going on

tu n'es plus dans le coup! — fig you're behind the times!

être/rester hors du coup — ( non impliqué) to have/to keep one's nose clean (colloq)

8) (fois, moment)

essayer encore un coup — to have another shot

du premier coup — ( immédiatement) straight off; ( à la première tentative) at the first attempt

(encore) un coup pour rien — no go again (colloq)

à chaque coup, à tout coup, à tous les coups — every time

ce coup-ci/-là — this/that time

du coup — (colloq) as a result

du même coup — (colloq) by the same token

pour le coup — (colloq) this time

après coup — afterwards, in restropect

au coup par coup — as things come

coup sur coup — in succession

tout d'un coup, tout à coup — suddenly, all of a sudden

d'un coup, d'un seul coup — just like that

en un seul coup — in one go (colloq)

sur le coup — ( à ce moment-là) at the time; ( immédiatement) instantly, on the spot

pleure un bon coup — have a good cry

respire un grand coup — take a deep breath

boire à petits coups — to sip

boire à grands coups — to swig

9) (colloq) ( boisson) drink

je te paye un coup (à boire) — I'll buy you a drink

donne-moi encore un petit coup de gin — give me another shot (colloq) of gin

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- coup bas

- coups et blessures

- coup droit

- coup fourré

- coup franc

••

tenir le coup — ( résister à l'épreuve) [personne] to make it (colloq); [véhicule, chaussures] to last out; [lien, réparation] to hold; ( ne pas abandonner) [personne] to hold on; [armée] to hold out; ( faire face) to cope

j'ai vu venir le coup — I could see it coming

faire coup double — to kill two birds with one stone

en mettre un coup — (colloq) to give it all one's got (colloq)

être aux cent coups — (colloq) to be worried sick (colloq), to be in a state (colloq)

faire les quatre cents coups — (colloq) to be up to no good

attraper le coup pour faire quelque chose — (colloq) to get the knack of doing something; pierre

* * *
ku nm
1) (donné par qn ou qch) blow

porter un rude coup à qch — to deal a severe blow to sth

porter un coup fatal à qch fig — to deal a death blow to sth

donner un coup de couteau à qn — to stab sb

recevoir un coup de couteau — to be stabbed

donner un coup de coude à qn — to nudge sb

un coup de poignard dans le dos fig — a stab in the back

à coups de hache — with an axe

à coups de marteau — with a hammer

2) [fusil, pistolet, revolver] shot

un coup de fusil — a rifle shot

tuer qn à coups de fusil — to shoot sb dead (with a rifle)

tué à coups de fusil — shot dead (with a rifle)

tuer qn à coups de revolver — to shoot sb dead (with a handgun)

blessé à coups de revolver — shot and wounded (with a handgun)

3) (= bruit) [horloge]

sur le coup de minuit — on the stroke of midnight

sur le coup de midi — at the stroke of noon

sur le coup de huit heures — at the stroke of eight o'clock

coup de sonnette — ring of the bell

4) (affectif) blow, shock

Ça m'a fait un coup de le voir comme ça! — It gave me a shock to see him like that!

5) (= mouvement) stroke

coup de crayon — pencil line

coup de pinceau — brushstroke

donner un coup de balai — to sweep up, to give the floor a sweep

donner un coup de chiffon — to dust, to do some dusting

6) (= accès) wave

un coup de fatigue — a wave of tiredness

7) (action ponctuelle)

un coup de génie — a stroke of genius

un coup médiatique — a media stunt

réussir son coup — to pull it off *

8) TENNIS shot

9) FOOTBALL kick

See:

coup de pied de coin,

coup franc,

coups de pied arrêtés

10) BOXE punch, blow

11) (= fois) time

du premier coup — first time, at the first attempt

Il a été reçu au permis du premier coup. — He passed his driving test first time.

du même coup — at the same time

à tous les coups — every time

Je me trompe de rue à tous les coups. — I get the street wrong every time.

d'un seul coup (= subitement) — suddenly, (= à la fois) at one go

12) ÉCHECS move

13) (autres locutions)

avoir le coup — to have the knack

être dans le coup (= à la page) — to be with it

être sur un coup — to be on to something

boire un coup — to have a drink

du coup — as a result

à coup sûr — definitely, without fail

après coup — afterwards

Après coup j'ai regretté de m'être mis en colère. — Afterwards I was sorry I'd lost my temper.

coup sur coup — in quick succession

sur le coup; Il est mort sur le coup. — He died instantly.

Sur le coup je ne l'ai pas reconnu. — I didn't recognize him at first.

sous le coup de; agir sous le coup de la colère — to do sth out of anger

tomber sous le coup de la loi — to constitute a statutory offence

* * *

coup nm Les expressions comme coup de barre, coup de maître, coup de téléphone etc seront normalement dans le dictionnaire sous le deuxième élément, donc respectivement sous barre, maître, téléphone etc.

1 ( choc physique) ( neutre) knock; ( brutal) blow, whack○; (dur, par accident) bang; ( qui entaille) stroke; ( d'un mouvement tranchant) chop; ( du plat de la main) smack; ( sec et rapide) rap; ( léger et direct) tap; ( léger et fouettant) flick; ( de la pointe) poke, prod, jab; coup sur la tête knock ou blow ou bang on the head; coup à la porte knock at the door; coup de marteau hammer blow; d'un coup de hache [couper, tuer] with a single blow from an axe GB ou ax US; à coups de hache/machette [couper, tuer] with an axe GB ou ax US/a machete; frapper qn à coups de gourdin to club sb, to beat sb with a club; assommer qn à coups de gourdin to knock sb senseless with a club; tuer qn à coups de gourdin to club sb to death; casser qch à coups de gourdin to take a club to sth; casser la porte à (grands) coups de marteau to break down the door with a hammer; à coups de dollars by forking out dollars; à coups de subventions by means of subsidies; fièvre combattue à coups d'antibiotiques fever controlled with antibiotics; disperser des manifestants à coups de gaz lacrymogène to disperse demonstrators by using ou with teargas; sous le coup d'un embargo under an embargo; céder sous les coups de l'ennemi to cave in under enemy pressure; donner or porter un coup à qn/qch gén to hit sb/sth; donner un coup de qch à qn gén to hit ou strike sb with sth; donner un coup de poing/pied/coude/dents/couteau à qn to punch/kick/nudge/bite/stab sb; recevoir un coup [personne] to get hit; recevoir un coup de qch gén to get hit with sth; recevoir un coup de poing/pied/coude/couteau to be punched/kicked/nudged/stabbed; prendre un coup [personne, appareil, voiture] to get a knock; en avoir pris un coup○ ( être très abîmé) to have taken (quite) a punishing; rendre un coup to hit back; rendre coup pour coup lit to fight back; fig to give tit for tat; en venir aux coups to come to blows (pour over); frapper trois coups à la porte to knock on the door three times, to give three knocks on the door; les trois coups Théât three knocks signalling^GB that the curtain is about to rise;

2 ( choc moral) gén blow; ( plus modéré) knock; porter un coup (sévère) à to deal [sb/sth] a (severe) blow [personne, organisation, théorie]; être un coup terrible to be a terrible ou real blow (pour to); sa fierté en a pris un coup it was a blow to his/her pride; ce fut un coup dur pour eux/pour l'économie it was a great blow for ou to them/for ou to the economy; porter un coup très dur à qn to deal sb a major blow; en cas de coup dur ( accident) should anything really bad happen; ( difficulté) if things get rough; ça m'a donné un (sacré) coup○ it gave me an awful shock; sous le coup de la colère in (a fit of) anger; sous le coup de la fatigue/peur out of tiredness/fear; être sous le coup d'une forte émotion to be in a highly emotional state; tomber sous le coup d'une condamnation to be liable to conviction; être sous le coup d'une condamnation to have a conviction; être sous le coup d'une procédure d'extradition to be facing extradition proceedings; ⇒ mauvais;

3 ( bruit) gén knock; ( retentissant) bang; ( sourd) thump, thud; j'ai entendu un coup à la porte I heard a knock at the door; au douzième coup de minuit on the last stroke of midnight; sur le coup de dix heures○ around ten; coup de gong stroke of a gong; coup de sifflet whistle blast; donner un coup de gong to strike the gong; donner un coup de sifflet to blow one's whistle;

4 ( mouvement rapide) coup de brosse/peigne brush/comb; se donner un (petit) coup de brosse/peigne to give one's hair a (quick) brush/comb GB, to brush/comb one's hair (quickly); donner un (petit) coup d'aspirateur à une pièce to give a room a (quick) hoover® GB, to vacuum a room (quickly); donner un coup sur la table to dust the table; les volets ont besoin d'un coup de peinture the shutters need a lick of paint; d'un coup d'aile with a flap of its wings;

5 Jeux, Sport (au tennis, golf, cricket) gén stroke; ( dont on juge) shot; (aux échecs, dames) move; ( aux dés) throw; ( à la boxe) blow, punch; ( au karaté) ( du poing) punch; ( du tranchant) chop; ( du pied) kick; tous les coups sont permis lit, fig no holds barred; coup défendu Jeux, Sport foul;

6 ( d'arme à feu) (décharge, détonation) shot; ( munition) round; chasser qn à coups de fusil to scare sb off with gunshots; blesser qn d'un coup de fusil or pistolet to shoot and wound sb; tuer qn d'un coup de fusil or pistolet to shoot sb dead;

7 ○( action organisée) ( opération illégale) job○, racket○; ( vilain tour) trick○; ( manœuvre) move; monter un coup to plan a job○, to set up a racket○; c'est encore un coup des enfants! the children have been up to their tricks again!; c'était un beau coup de vendre tes actions it was a good ou shrewd move to sell your shares; monter un coup contre qn gén to set sb up; ( en vue d'une fausse accusation) to frame sb; c'est un coup monté! it's a set-up○!; monter le coup à qn to pull a fast one on sb○; expliquer le coup à qn to put sb in the picture; mettre qn dans le coup to bring sb in on the job○, to cut sb in on the racket○ ou deal; ils m'ont mis sur or dans le coup they've let me in on it ou on the racket○ ou on the deal○; se mettre dans le coup to get in on the action○; mettre qn sur un coup to put sb in on a job○, to put sb onto a racket○; être sur un gros coup to be onto something big○; préparer un sale or mauvais coup to be up to mischief; manquer or rater○ or foirer◑ son coup to blow it○, not to pull it off; il a raté son coup○ he blew it○; réussir son coup to pull it off; être dans le coup ( impliqué) to be in on it ou on the racket○ ou on the deal○; ( au courant) to be up to date, to know what's going on, to know what's what○; tu n'es plus dans le coup! fig you're behind the times!; être/rester hors du coup ( non impliqué) to have/to keep one's nose clean○; être sur le coup ( opération d'envergure) to be in on it ou on the job○; qui a fait le coup? gén who did it?; ( opération minutieuse) whose work is it, who did the job?; elle m'a fait le coup de la veuve éplorée she did the weeping widow act with me; ce n'est pas la première fois qu'il me fait le coup it's not the first time he's done that to me;

8 (fois, moment) essayer un coup/encore un coup to have a shot/another shot; du premier coup ( immédiatement) straight off; ( à la première tentative) at the first attempt; au deuxième/troisième coup at the second/third attempt; (encore) un coup pour rien no go again○; à chaque coup, à tout coup, à tous les coups every time; ce coup-ci/-là this/that time; du coup○ as a result; du même coup○ by the same token; pour le coup○ this time; après coup afterwards, in restropect; au coup par coup as things come; coup sur coup in succession; tout d'un coup, tout à coup suddenly, all of a sudden; d'un coup, d'un seul coup just like that; d'un seul coup d'un seul○ in one fell swoop; en un seul coup in one go○; sur le coup ( à ce moment-là) at the time; [mourir, tuer] instantly, on the spot; rigoler un bon coup to have a good laugh; pleure un bon coup have a good cry; mouche-toi un bon coup give your nose a good blow; respire un grand coup take a deep breath; boire à petits coups to sip; boire à grands coups to swig;

9 ○( boisson) drink; viens, je te paye un coup (à boire) come on, I'll buy you a drink; un coup de rouge/blanc a glass of red/white wine; donne-moi encore un petit coup de gin give me another shot○ of gin;

10 ●( partenaire sexuel) un bon or beau coup a good fuck● ou lay●.

Composés

coup bas ( en boxe) blow ou punch below the belt; fig blow below the belt; c'était un coup bas fig that was below the belt; coups et blessures Jur assault and battery; coups et blessures volontaires malicious wounding ¢; coup droit ( au tennis) (forehand) drive; faire un coup droit ( au tennis) to drive; coup fourré dirty trick; coup franc ( au football) free kick.

Idiomes

tenir le coup ( résister à l'épreuve) [personne] to make it○; [véhicule, appareil, chaussures] to last out; [lien, réparation] to hold; ( ne pas abandonner) [personne] to hold on; [forces, armée] to hold out; ( faire face) to cope; j'ai vu venir le coup I could see it coming; faire coup double to kill two birds with one stone; compter les coups ( rester neutre) to stay ou stand on the sidelines; en mettre un coup○ to give it all one's got○; être aux cent coups○ to be worried sick○, to be in a state○; faire les quatre cents coups○ to be up to no good; les coups sont bons mais rares○! any chance of another drop of wine?; avoir/attraper le coup pour faire qch○ to have/to get the knack of doing sth; tirer un or son coup● to have a screw●.

[ku] nom masculin

A.[HEURT, DÉFLAGRATION]

1. [généralement] blow, knock

[avec le poing] punch, blow

[avec le pied] kick

un coup violent a hard knock

elle a failli mourir sous ses coups he thrashed her to within an inch of her life, he nearly battered her to death

frapper à coups redoublés to hit twice as hard

donner un petit coup à ou sur quelque chose to tap something lightly

donner un coup sec sur quelque chose to give something a (hard ou smart) tap

il frappait sur la porte à grands coups/à petits coups he banged on the door/he knocked gently at the door

donner un coup sur la table [avec le poing] to bang one's fist (down) on the table

en arriver ou en venir aux coups to come to blows

j'ai pris un coup sur la tête I got a knock ou a bang on the head

prendre des coups to get knocked about

recevoir un coup to get hit

rendre coup pour coup (sens propre & figuré) to hit back, to give as good as one gets

coups et blessures DROIT grievous bodily harm

porter un coup à quelqu'un (sens propre & figuré) to deal somebody a blow

les grandes surfaces ont porté un (rude) coup au petit commerce (figuré) small traders have been dealt a (severe) blow by large retail chains

le coup a porté (sens propre & figuré) the blow struck home

2. [attaque, choc] blow, shock

ça m'a fait un coup

a. [émotion] it gave me a shock

b. [déception] it was a blow

sale coup (pour la fanfare)! (familier) that's a bit of a blow ou downer!

en prendre un coup (familier) : trois échecs d'affilée, son moral en a pris un coup with three successive failures, her morale has taken a bit of a bashing

avec le krack boursier, l'économie en a pris un coup the economy has suffered a great deal from the crash

tenir le coup: j'ai trop de travail, je ne sais pas si je tiendrai le coup I've got too much work, I don't know if I'll be able to cope

3. [en boxe] punch, blow

coup bas

a. (sens propre) blow ou punch below the belt

b. (figuré) blow below the belt

c'est un coup bas that's below the belt

tous les coups sont permis (sens propre & figuré) (there are) no holds barred

compter les coups (sens propre & figuré) to keep score

4. ARMEMENT shot, blast

un coup de revolver a shot, a gunshot

le coup est parti

a. [revolver] the gun went off

b. [fusil] the rifle went off

tirer un coup de canon to fire ou to blast a cannon

(revolver à) six coups six-shot gun

faire coup double

a. CHASSE to do a right and left

b. (figuré) to kill two birds with one stone

5. [bruit - généralement] knock ; [ - sec] rap

[craquement] snap

des coups au carreau knocking ou knocks on the window

un coup de gong a bang on a gong

[heure sonnée] stroke

6. (vulgaire) [éjaculation]

tirer un ou son coup to shoot one's load (vulgaire)

B.[GESTE, ACTION]

1. [mouvement d'une partie du corps]

un coup de corne a butt

un coup de langue a lick

elle nettoyait ses chatons à (grands) coups de langue she was licking the kittens clean

un coup de bec

a. (sens propre) a peck

b. (figuré) cutting remark

un coup de dent

a. (sens propre) a bite

b. (figuré) cutting remark

coup de griffe ou patte

a. (sens propre) swipe of the paw

b. (figuré) cutting remark

2. [emploi d'un instrument]

donner un (petit) coup de brosse/chiffon à quelque chose to give something a (quick) brush/wipe

je vais me donner un coup de peigne I'll just comb my hair ou give my hair a (quick) comb

je viens pour un coup de peigne [chez le coiffeur] I just want a quick comb through

passe un coup d'aspirateur au salon give the living room a quick vacuum

passe un coup d'éponge sur la table give the table a wipe (with the sponge)

un coup de marteau a blow with a hammer

il s'est donné un coup de marteau sur le doigt he hit his finger with a hammer

en deux coups de rame nous pouvons traverser la rivière we can cross the river in a couple of strokes

passe un coup dans la salle de bains (familier) give the bathroom a going-over

en donner ou ficher (familier) ou mettre (familier) un coup to get down to business

il a fallu qu'ils en mettent un sacré coup they really had to pull out the stops

3. [au golf, au billard] stroke

TENNIS shot, stroke

coup droit (forehand) drive

4. (familier) [savoir-faire] knack

ah, tu as le coup pour mettre la pagaille! you really have a gift ou a knack for creating havoc, don't you!

une fois que tu auras pris le coup, ça ira tout seul! you'll find it's very easy once you get used to it ou once you've got the knack!

5. MÉTÉOROLOGIE

coup de chaleur heatwave

coup de mer heavy swell

coup de vent gust of wind

6. [effet soudain] wave

j'ai un coup de cafard I feel down all of a sudden

j'ai eu un coup de fatigue I suddenly felt tired, a wave of tiredness came over me

il a eu un coup de folie et a acheté une Rolls he went mad and bought himself a Rolls-Royce

avoir un coup de chaleur to feel the beginnings of sunstroke

7. (familier) [boisson] drink

j'ai le hoquet — bois un coup I've got (the) hiccups — drink something ou have a drink

tu me sers un coup (à boire)? could you pour me a drink?

boire un coup de trop to have one too many

un coup de rouge a glass of red wine

8. [lancer] throw

elle a renversé toutes les boîtes de conserve en un seul coup she knocked down all the cans in one throw

[aux dés] throw (of the dice)

[action, JEUX] move

CARTES go

c'est un coup pour rien

a. [essai] it's a trial run

b. [échec] it's a failure

C.[ACTE OU SITUATION EXCEPTIONNELS]

1. (familier) [mauvais tour] trick

il prépare un coup he's up to something

(faire) un mauvais ou sale coup (à quelqu'un) (to play) a dirty trick (on somebody)

je parie que c'est un coup de Julie! I bet Julie's behind this!

coup en traître stab in the back

monter un coup contre quelqu'un to set somebody up, to frame somebody

il nous a encore fait le coup he's pulled the same (old) trick on us again

faire le coup de... à quelqu'un: il a essayé de me faire le coup de la panne he tried to pull the old running-out-of-petrol trick on me

ne me fais pas le coup de ne pas venir! now don't stand me up, will you!

coup monté put-up job, frame-up

faire un coup en douce: il fait toujours ses coups en douce he's always going behind people's backs

2. (très familier & argot milieu) [vol, escroquerie] job

3. (familier) [affaire]

je suis sur un coup I'm onto something

je veux l'acheter mais on est plusieurs sur le coup I want to buy it but there are several people interested

expliquer le coup à quelqu'un to explain the situation ou set-up to somebody

être dans tous les coups to have a finger in every pie

rattraper le coup to sort things out

il a manqué ou raté son coup he didn't pull it off

elle a réussi son coup she pulled it off

c'est un coup à avoir un accident, ça! that's the sort of thing that causes accidents!

combien crois-tu que ça va coûter? — oh, c'est un coup de 3 000 euros how much do you think it will cost? — oh, about 3,000 euros

[personne - sexuellement] (vulgaire)

c'est un bon coup he/she's a good lay (très familier)

4. [action remarquable, risquée] coup

faire un beau ou joli coup to pull a (real) coup

quand il s'agit d'un gros coup, elle met la main à la pâte when it's something really important, she lends a hand

tenter le coup to have a go, to give it a try

c'est un coup à faire ou tenter it's worth trying ou a try

5. [circonstance marquante]

marquer le coup to mark the occasion

un coup de chance ou de pot (familier) ou de bol (familier) a stroke of luck, a lucky break

D.[FOIS] time, go

du premier coup first time, at the first attempt

au prochain coup, tu vas y arriver you'll do it next time ou at your next go

essaie encore un coup have another go

ce coup-ci, on s'en va this time, we're off

pour un coup (familier) just for (this) once

un bon coup (familier) : c'est ça, pleure un bon coup that's it, have a good cry

vous devriez vous expliquer un bon coup! you should have it out once and for all!

un grand coup (familier) [en se mouchant, sur des bougies]: souffle un grand coup! blow hard!

respire un grand coup take a deep breath

————————

à coups de locution prépositionnelle

démoli à coups de marteau smashed to pieces with a hammer

la productivité a été augmentée à coups de primes spéciales productivity was increased through ou by dint of special bonuses

à coup sûr locution adverbiale

undoubtedly, certainly, for sure

elle ne s'engage qu'à coup sûr she only commits herself when she's certain of the outcome

————————

après coup locution adverbiale

afterwards, later on

son attitude, après coup, s'expliquait bien it was easy to explain her attitude afterwards ou in retrospect

à tous les coups locution adverbiale

(familier)

1. [chaque fois] every time

ça marche à tous les coups it never fails

2. [sans aucun doute]

à tous les coups, il a oublié he's bound to have forgotten

au coup par coup locution adverbiale

(familier) bit by bit

négocier au coup par coup to have piecemeal negotiations

coup sur coup locution adverbiale

one after the other, in quick succession

dans le coup (familier) locution adjectivale

elle est dans le coup

a. [complice] she's in on it ou involved in it

b. [au courant] she knows all about it

c. [à la page] she's hip ou with it

moi, je ne suis plus dans le coup

a. [dans l'affaire] count me out ou leave me out of it

b. [au courant] I'm a bit out of touch ou out of it

dans le coup (familier) locution adverbiale

mettre quelqu'un dans le coup to let somebody in on the act

————————

du coup locution adverbiale

so, as a result

elle ne pouvait pas venir, du coup j'ai reporté le dîner as she couldn't come, I put the dinner off, she couldn't come so I put the dinner off

————————

d'un (seul) coup locution adverbiale

1. [en une seule fois] in one (go), all at once

il a tout bu d'un coup he drank the whole lot in one go, he downed it in one

2. [soudainement] all of a sudden

j'ai eu envie de pleurer/de le gifler, ça m'a pris d'un coup (familier) I got a sudden urge to cry/to slap him

pour le coup locution adverbiale

pour le coup, je ne savais plus quoi faire at that point, I didn't know what to do next

j'ai aussi failli renverser le lait, c'est pour le coup qu'il aurait été en colère! (familier) I nearly spilt the milk as well, he really would have been furious then!

sous le coup de locution prépositionnelle

faire quelque chose sous le coup de la colère to do something in anger

sous le coup de la colère, on dit des choses qu'on regrette après you often say things in anger which you regret later

il est encore sous le coup de l'émotion he still hasn't got over the shock

tomber sous le coup de quelque chose to come within the scope of something

tomber sous le coup de la loi to be punishable by law

sur le coup locution adverbiale

1. [mourir] instantly

2. [à ce moment-là] straightaway, there and then

je n'ai pas compris sur le coup I didn't understand immediately ou straightaway

sur le coup de locution prépositionnelle

sur le coup de 6 h/de midi roundabout ou around 6 o'clock/midday

————————

coup d'aile nom masculin

tous les moineaux se sont envolés d'un coup d'aile all the sparrows took wing suddenly

Paris-Bruxelles en un coup d'aile (figuré) Paris-Brussels in one short hop

coup de balai nom masculin

donner un coup de balai to sweep up

je vais donner un coup de balai dans la cuisine I'm going to sweep (out) the kitchen

la cuisine a besoin d'un bon coup de balai the kitchen needs a good sweep

le comité aurait besoin d'un bon coup de balai (figuré) the committee could do with a shake-up

coup de barre nom masculin

(familier)

j'ai le coup de barre I feel tired all of a sudden

coup de chapeau nom masculin

praise

donner un coup de chapeau à quelqu'un to praise somebody

son livre mérite un coup de chapeau his book deserves some recognition

coup de cœur nom masculin

avoir un ou le coup de cœur pour quelque chose to fall in love with something, to be really taken with something

voici nos coups de cœur dans la collection de printemps here are our favourite spring outfits

(comme adjectif invariable)

des prix coup de cœur special offers

coup de coude nom masculin

donner un coup de coude à quelqu'un

a. [en signe] to nudge somebody

b. [agressivement] to dig one's elbow into somebody

————————

coup d'éclat nom masculin

feat

faire un coup d'éclat to pull off a coup

————————

coup d'État nom masculin

[putsch] coup (d'état)

coup de feu nom masculin

1. [tir] shot

tirer un coup de feu to fire a shot, to shoot

on a entendu des coups de feu we heard shots being fired ou gunshots

2. (figuré)

c'est le coup de feu there's a sudden rush on

coup de fil

→ link=coupcoup de téléphone

coup de filet nom masculin

[poissons] draught, haul

[suspects] haul

coup de foudre nom masculin

1. MÉTÉOROLOGIE flash of lightning

2. (figuré) love at first sight

ça a été le coup de foudre it was love at first sight

coup de fouet nom masculin

donner un coup de fouet à quelqu'un

a. (sens propre) to lash ou to whip somebody

b. (figuré) to give somebody a boost

————————

coup fourré nom masculin

(figuré) low trick

————————

coup franc nom masculin

free kick

coup de fusil nom masculin

1. [acte] shot

[bruit] shot, gunshot

on entendait des coups de fusil you could hear shooting ou shots being fired

recevoir un coup de fusil to get shot

2. (figuré)

on y mange bien, mais après c'est le coup de fusil! it's a good restaurant, but the bill is a bit of a shock!

coup de grâce nom masculin

(sens propre & figuré) coup de grâce, deathblow

————————

coup du lapin nom masculin

[coup] rabbit punch

[dans un accident de voiture] whiplash (substantif non comptable)

coup de main nom masculin

1. [raid] smash-and-grab (attack)

MILITAIRE coup de main

2. [aide]

donner un coup de main à quelqu'un to give ou to lend somebody a hand

3. [savoir-faire]

avoir le coup de main to have the knack ou the touch

————————

coup d'œil nom masculin

1. [regard] look, glance

elle s'en rendit compte au premier coup d'œil she noticed straight away ou immediately ou at a glance

donner ou jeter un petit coup d'œil à to have a quick look ou glance at

d'un coup d'œil, il embrassa le tableau he took in the situation at a glance

avoir le coup d'œil to have a good eye

valoir le coup d'œil to be (well) worth seeing

2. [panorama] view

coup de pied nom masculin

[d'une personne, d'un cheval] kick

le coup de pied de l'âne (figuré) the parting shot

donner un coup de pied à quelqu'un/dans quelque chose to kick somebody/something

coup de poing nom masculin

punch

donner un coup de poing à quelqu'un to give somebody a punch, to punch somebody

faire le coup de poing to brawl, to fight

coup de poing adjectif invariable

‘opération coup de poing’ ‘prices slashed’

coup de poker nom masculin

(bit of a) gamble

on peut tenter la chose, mais c'est un coup de poker we can try it but it's a bit risky

coup de pompe nom masculin

(familier)

sudden feeling of exhaustion

j'ai un coup de pompe I suddenly feel completely shattered (UK) ou beat (US)

coup de pouce nom masculin

bit of help

donner un coup de pouce à quelqu'un to pull (a few) strings for somebody

donner un coup de pouce à quelque chose to give something a bit of a boost

coup de sang nom masculin

1. MÉDECINE stroke

2. (figuré) angry outburst

elle a eu un coup de sang she exploded (with rage)

coup de soleil nom masculin

sunburn (substantif non comptable)

prendre ou attraper un coup de soleil to get sunburnt

————————

coup du sort nom masculin

[favorable] stroke of luck

[défavorable] stroke of bad luck

coup de téléphone nom masculin

(phone) call

donner ou passer un coup de téléphone to make a call

donner ou passer un coup de téléphone à quelqu'un to phone ou to call ou to ring (UK) somebody

recevoir un coup de téléphone to receive ou to get a phone call

coup de tête nom masculin

1. [dans une bagarre] head butt

donner un coup de tête à quelqu'un to head-butt somebody

2. SPORT header

3. (figuré) (sudden) impulse

sur un coup de tête on (a sudden) impulse

coup de théâtre nom masculin

THÉÂTRE coup de théâtre, sudden twist in the action

(figuré) sudden turn of events

et alors, coup de théâtre, on lui demande de démissionner and then, out of the blue, he was asked to resign

coup de torchon nom masculin

(familier) [bagarre] fist-fight

[nettoyage] clear-out (UK), cleanup

coup de vent nom masculin

1. [rafale] gust (of wind)

2. (locution)

en coup de vent in a flash ou a whirl

entrer/partir en coup de vent to rush in/off

elle est passée par Lausanne en coup de vent she paid a flying visit to Lausanne

manger en coup de vent to grab something to eat

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > coup
57 de

1.
dē, adv.: of place, down, only in the phrase susque deque, q. v.
2.
dē, prep. [perh. for ded; cf. Oscan dat, old abl. of pronom. stem da; cf. also Lith. praep. da, as far as; and the suffixes, old case-forms, -dam, -dem, -dum, -do, with the locative -de; v. Ribbeck, Beitr. z. L. v. d. Lat. Part. p. 4 sq.] (with abl., denotes the going out, departure, removal, or separating of an object from any fixed point. Accordingly, it occupies a middle place between ab, away from, which denotes a mere external departure, and ex, out of, which signifies from the interior of a thing. Hence verbs compounded with de are constr. not only with de, but quite as freq. with ab and ex; and, on the other hand, those compounded with ab and ex often have the terminus a quo indicated by de), from, away from, down from, out of, etc.
A.
In space, lit. and trop. with verbs of motion: animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 216 Vahl.):
aliquo quom jam sucus de corpore cessit,
Lucr. 3, 224:
(quod Ariovistus) de altera parte agri Sequanos decedere juberet,
to depart, withdraw from, Caes. B. G. 1, 31, 10; cf.:
civitati persuasit, ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis exirent,
id. ib. 1, 2:
decedere de provincia,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 20, § 49 ( = ex provincia, id. ib. 2, 2, 65, §
147): de vita decedere,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 11:
exire de vita,
id. Lael. 4, 15 (cf.:
excedere e vita,
id. ib. 3, 12):
de triclinio, de cubiculo exire,
id. de Or. 2, 65 fin.:
hamum de cubiculo ut e navicula jacere,
Plin. Ep. 9, 7, 4:
de castris procedere,
Sall. C. 61, 8 et saep.:
brassica de capite et de oculis omnia (mala) deducet,
Cato R. R. 157, 6:
de digito anulum detraho,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 38; cf.:
de matris complexu aliquem avellere atque abstrahere,
Cic. Font. 17:
nomen suum de tabula sustulit,
id. Sest. 33, 72:
ferrum de manibus extorsimus,
id. Cat. 2, 1, 2:
juris utilitas vel a peritis vel de libris depromi potest,
id. de Or. 1, 59, 252 et saep.:
... decido de lecto praeceps,
Plaut. Casin. 5, 2, 50:
de muro se deicere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 18, 3:
de sella exsilire,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 30 fin.:
nec ex equo vel de muro, etc., hostem destinare,
Tert. adv. Jud. 9, p. 192:
de caelo aliquid demittere,
Lucr. 2, 1155; cf. Cato R. R. 14, 3 et saep.—
b.
In gen., to indicate the person or place from which any thing is taken, etc., with verbs of taking away, depriving, demanding, requesting, inquiring, buying; as capere, sumere, emere, quaerere, discere, trahere, etc., and their compounds; cf.:
emere de aliquo,
Cato R. R. 1, 4:
aliquid mercari de aliquo,
Cic. Fl. 20 et saep.:
de aliquo quaerere, quid, etc.,
Cic. Att. 1, 14, 2:
saepe hoc audivi de patre,
id. de Or. 3, 33, 133; cf.:
de mausoleo exaudita vox est,
Suet. Ner. 46:
ut sibi liceret discere id de me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 31;
so with petere, of place (class.): de vicino terra petita solo,
Ov. F. 4, 822;
so of persons (late Lat.): peto de te,
Dig. 36, 1, 57, § 2; Apul. M. 6, p. 179, 40.
2.
To point out the place from which any thing is brought; and hence, trop., to indicate its origin, derivation, etc.: of, from: de circo astrologi, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 58; so,
caupo de via Latina,
Cic. Clu. 59, 163:
nescio qui de circo maximo,
id. Mil. 24, 65:
declamator aliqui de ludo aut rabula de foro,
id. Or. 15, 47:
homo de schola atque a magistro... eruditus,
id. de Or. 2, 7, 28:
nautae de navi Alexandrina,
Suet. Aug. 98:
aliquis de ponte,
i. e. a beggar, Juv. 14, 134:
Libyca de rupe leones,
Ov. F. 2, 209:
nostro de rure corona,
Tib. 1, 1, 15:
Vaticano fragiles de monte patellas,
Juv. 6, 344 al.:
de summo loco Summoque genere eques,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 30; cf. id. Aul. prol. 28; id. Poen. 3, 1, 13:
genetrix Priami de gente vetusta,
Verg. A. 9, 284; cf. id. ib. 10, 350; Stat. S. 5, 3, 126:
de Numitore sati,
Ov. F. 5, 41:
de libris,
Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 252:
de Philocteta, id,
ib. 3, 35, 141 (cf.:
e Philocteta versus,
Quint. 3, 1, 14).
3.
Transf., to indicate the quarter from which motion proceeds (cf. ab), from, and because motion is so often and naturally downwards, down from:
haec agebantur in conventu, palam, de sella ac de loco superiore,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40; cf. ib. 2, 2, 38:
quem ad se vocari et de tribunali citari jussit,
id. ib. 2, 5, 7:
qui nihil ex occulto, nihil de insidiis, agendum putant,
Cic. Off. 1, 30, 109; cf.
de tergo plagas dare,
from behind, Plaut. Asin. 2, 2, 10; Just. 20, 5, 5:
de paupere mensa dona,
Tib. 1, 1, 37 et saep.—In jurid. Latin: de plano discutere, interloqui, cognoscere, etc., i. e. on level ground, not on the tribunal (cf. chamothen, opp. pro bêmatos, Dig. 27, 1, 13, § 10), Dig. 1, 4, 1; 1, 16, 9; 14. 3, 11 et saep.; so, de plano, off-hand, without formal consideration, Lucr. 1, 411;
v. planus.—And with pendeo, etc. (the motion in the eye transferred to the object): deque viri collo dulce pependit onus,
Ov. F. 2, 760:
lucerna de camera pendebat,
Petr. 30, 3; cf.:
et nova de gravido palmite gemma tumet,
Ov. F. 1, 152:
de qua pariens arbore nixa dea est,
leaning downwards against the tree, id. H. 21, 100.
B.
In time.
1.
Immediately following a given moment of time, after, directly after (very rare):
de concursu,
Lucr. 1, 384 (cf. Munro, ad loc.):
velim scire hodiene statim de auctione aut quo die venias,
Cic. Att. 12, 3:
non bonus somnus est de prandio,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 8:
de eorum verbis prosilui, etc.,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 178.—Hence, diem de die, from day to day, day after day, Liv. 5, 48:
cum is diem de die differret, dum, etc.,
id. 25, 25; cf.:
diem de die proferendo,
Just. 2, 15, 6: de die in diem, from day to day, daily (eccl. Lat.), Vulg. Psa. 60, 8; 2 Pet. 2, 8; Cypr. Ep. 3, 11.
2.
De nocte, de vigilia, etc., to designate an act which begins or takes its origin from the night-time, Engl. during or in the course of the night, at night, by night, etc.: De. Rus cras cum filio Cum primo lucu ibo hinc. Mi. Imo de nocte censeo, to-night rather, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55: in comitium Milo de nocte venit, in the night (cf. shortly before, Milo media nocte in campum venit), Cic. Att. 4, 3, 4; cf. id. Mur. 33, 69:
vigilas tu de nocte,
id. ib. 9, 22; cf.:
de nocte evigilabat,
Suet. Vesp. 21:
ut jugulent homines, surgunt de nocte latrones,
at night, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 32;
and Hannibal surgere de nocte solitus, Frontin Strat. 4, 3, 7 et saep.: ut de nocte multa impigreque exsurrexi,
late in the night, Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 10; so,
multa de nocte,
Cic. Sest. 35, 75; id. Att. 7, 4 fin. (for which multa nocte, id. Q. Fr. 2, 9); cf.
also: si de multa nocte (al. de nocte) vigilassent,
id. Att. 2, 15, 2:
Caesar mittit complures equitum turmas eo de media nocte,
Caes. B. G. 7, 45; 7, 88; so,
media de nocte,
at midnight, Suet. Calig. 26; Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 91:
Caesar de tertia vigilia e castris profectus,
in the third night-watch, Caes. B. G. 1, 12:
de tertia vigilia,
id. ib. 1, 21; Liv. 9, 44 Drak.; 40, 4 al.; cf.:
de quarta vigilia,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21, 3 al.; v. vigilia. —As in this manner de nocte became adverbially = nocte, so de die was sometimes used for die or per diem:
de die potare,
by day, in the daytime, Plaut. Asin. 4, 2, 16:
epulari de die,
Liv. 23, 8; Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 8; Catull. 47, 6; Suet. Calig. 37; id. Domit. 21; cf.:
bibulus media de luce Falerni,
Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 34;
and in a lusus verbb. with in diem,
Cic. Phil. 2, 34 fin. —Less freq., de mense:
navigare de mense Decembri,
in December, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1 fin. —And once de tempore for tempore: ipse de tempore coenavit, Auct. B. Hisp. 33, 5.
C.
In other relations, implying separation, departure from, etc.
1.
To designate the whole, from which a part is taken, or of which a part is separately regarded, etc., from among, out of, from:
hominem certum misi de comitibus meis,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 2:
gladio percussus ab uno de illis,
id. Mil. 24, 65:
si quis de nostris hominibus,
id. Flacc. 4:
quemvis de iis qui essent idonei,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4 fin.:
de tribus et decem fundis tres nobilissimi fundi,
id. Rosc. Am. 35, 99 et saep.:
accusator de plebe,
id. Brut. 34, 131:
pulsare minimum de plebe Quiritem,
Ov. Am. 1, 7, 29; cf. Liv. 7, 17:
malus poëta de populo,
Cic. Arch. 10, 25 et saep.:
partem solido demere de die,
Hor. Od. 1, 1, 20:
quantum de vita perdiderit,
Petr. 26:
praeteriine tuas de tot caelestibus aras,
Ov. Her. 21, 179; Juv. 1, 138. —
b.
Sometimes de with abl. takes the place of the gen. partit. or gen. obj. In the best writers this occurs mainly
(α).
to avoid ambiguity where genitives would be multiplied:
ne expers partis esset de nostris bonis,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 39:
ut aliquem partem de istius impudentia reticere possim,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 12, § 32;
(β).
for greater precision:
si quae sunt de eodem genere,
id. Tusc. 4, 7, 16:
persona de mimo,
id. Phil. 2, 27, 65;
(γ).
in the poets, metri gratiā:
aliquid de more vetusto,
Ov. F. 6, 309; Grat. Cyneg. 17:
laudes de Caesare,
Ov. Pont. 4, 13, 23:
cetera de genere hoc,
Hor. Sat. 1, 1, 13; Lucr. 4, 746. This circumlocution was freq. [p. 514] in comic writers and in vulgar lang., and became more common in the declining periods of the lang., so that in the Romance tongues de, di, etc., with a case represent the earlier genitive (so, conscius, conscientia, meminisse, mentionem facere, recordari, etc., de aliqua re for alicujus rei, v. h. vv.).
2.
To indicate the property from which the costs of any thing are taken:
obsonat, potat, olet unguenta de meo,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 37; so,
de tuo,
Plaut. Bac. 1, 1, 65:
de suo,
Cic. Att. 16, 16, A, 5; Suet. Caes. 19:
de nostro,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 11:
de vestro,
Liv. 6, 15, 10; cf.:
de vestris,
Ov. F. 3, 828:
de alieno,
Liv. 3, 1, 3; Just. 36, 3 fin.:
de publico,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 44; Liv. 1, 20; 2, 16; 4, 60. For de tuo, once de te:
de te largitor puer,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 17.—Also in a trop. sense:
ad tua praecepta de meo nihil his novum apposivi,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 31; cf. id. Men. 1. 2, 40; Cic. Fam. 4, 3; Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 8.— Poet., to denote that out of which, or by which, one pays a penalty or suffers punishment:
has vestro de sanguine poenas datis,
Luc. 4, 805; cf.:
cum de visceribus tuis satisfacturus sis quibus debes,
Cic. Q. Frat. 1, 3, 7.
3.
To designate the material of which any thing is made, of, out of, from:
niveo factum de marmore signum,
Ov. M. 14, 313; cf. Verg. G. 3, 13:
verno de flore corona,
Tib. 2, 1, 59:
sucus de quinquefolio,
Plin. 26, 4, 11:
cinis de fico,
Pall. 1, 35, 3 et saep.:
de templo carcerem fleri,
Cic. Phil. 5, 7; cf. Flor. 2, 6, 32:
captivum de rege facturi,
Just. 7, 2, 11; cf.:
inque deum de bove versus erat,
Ov. F. 5, 616 et saep.:
fles de rhetore consul,
Juv. 7, 197.—Cf. trop. by means of:
de eodem oleo et opera exaravi nescio quid ad te,
Cic. Att. 13, 38.—Prov.:
de nihilo nihilum,
Pers. 3, 84; cf. Lucr. 1, 157 sq.
4.
In mental operations, to indicate the subject-matter or theme on which any mental act (thinking, considering, advising, determining, etc.; discoursing, informing, exhorting, deciding, disputing, doubting, etc.) is founded; of, about, concerning, Gr. peri:
cogitare de aliqua re, etc. (the most common signification): multa narrare de Laelio,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:
dubitare de re,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 15:
de suo adventu docere,
Suet. Caes. 9:
de moribus admonere,
Sall. Cat. 5, 9 et saep.—With this, too, is connected its use,
5.
To indicate the producing cause or reason, for, on account of, because of:
nam id nisi gravi de causa non fecisset,
Cic. Att. 7, 7, 3; cf. id. de Or. 1, 41, 186; Cael ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15; Cic. Att. 11, 3:
de quo nomine ad arbitrum adiisti, de eo ad judicium venisti,
id. Rosc. Com. 4, 12:
flebat uterque non de suo supplicio, sed pater de filii morte, de patris filius,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 30, § 76:
de labore pectus tundit,
with pain, Plaut. Casin. 2, 6, 63:
incessit passu de vulnere tardo,
Ov. M. 10, 49:
humus fervet de corpore,
id. ib. 7, 560:
facilius de odio creditur,
Tac. H. 1, 34:
quod erat de me feliciter Ilia mater,
through me, Ov. F. 3, 233 et saep.
6.
To indicate the thing with reference to which any thing is done, with respect to, concerning:
de istac re in oculum utrumvis conquiescito,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 121: nil peccat de savio, Caec. ap. Gell. 2, 23, 11 (v. 161 Ribbeck):
credere de numero militum,
Cic. Att. 9, 1, 2:
de numero dierum fidem servare,
Caes. B. G. 6, 36; Sall. C. 50, 3:
de ceteris senatui curae fore,
id. Jug. 26, 1:
concessum ab nobilitate de consule plebeio,
Liv. 6, 42:
solem de virgine rapta consule,
Ov. F. 4, 581 et saep.—Ellipt.:
de argento somnium,
as for the money, Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 50 (for which id. Heaut. 4, 2, 4: quod de argento sperem, nihil est): Varr. R. R. 1, 59, 1:
de Dionysio sum admiratus,
Cic. Att. 9, 12; id. Off. 1, 15, 47:
de me autem suscipe paullisper meas partes,
id. Fam. 3, 12, 2; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 36 et saep.:
de Samnitibus triumphare,
concerning, over, Cic. Sen. 16, 55; cf. Hor. 4, 2, 88:
de Atheniensibus victoria,
Curt. 8, 1, 33.
7.
To indicate the thing in conformity with which any thing is done, according to, after:
secundum: DE SENATVOS SENTENTIAD, S. C. de Bac.: fecisse dicas de mea sententia,
Plaut. Bac. 4, 9, 115; cf.:
de suorum propinquorum sententia atque auctoritate fecisse dicatur,
Cic. Cael. 29: de consilii sententia Mamertinis se frumentum non imperare pronunciat, id. Verr. 2, 5, 21 al.:
de ejus consilio velle sese facere,
Ter. Ph. 3, 1, 17:
vix de mea voluntate concessum est,
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 4:
de exemplo meo ipse aedificato,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 86:
de more vetusto,
Verg. A. 11, 142; Ov. M. 7, 606:
de nomine,
id. ib. 1, 447:
patrioque vocat de nomine mensem,
id. F. 3, 77.
8.
With adjectives to form adverbial expressions.
a.
De integro, anew ( = ab integro, ex integro; cf.: iterum, rursus, denuo), indidemque eadem aeque oriuntur de integro, atque eodem occidunt, Pac. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 17 Müll. (v. 92 Ribb.):
ratio de integro ineunda est mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 2, 7; Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 56; id. Att. 13, 27; id. Fam. 12, 30, 2 et saep. (The combination de novo appears only in the contracted form denuo, v. h. v.).—
b.
De improviso, unexpectedly:
ubi de improviso interventum est mulieri,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 40; id. And. 2, 2, 23; id. Ad. 3, 3, 53; Caes. B. G. 2, 3; 5, 22; 5, 39 et saep.; Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151 et saep.—
c.
De transverso, unexpectedly:
ecce autem de transverso L. Caesar ut veniam ad se rogat,
Cic. Att. 15, 4 fin.; Auct. Her. 4, 10, 14.
► De is often put between an adj.
or pron. and its substantive; cf.
above multa de nocte, media de nocte, gravi de causa, etc.: qua de re,
Ter. Andr. 1, 2, 13; esp. in the judic. formula: qua de re agitur; cf. Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6; Cic. Brut. 79 fin. Also freq. after a simple relative:
quo de,
Cic. Inv. 1, 28, 41; 54, 104; 2, 11, 37:
qua de,
id. ib. 2, 23, 70 et saep.
II.
In composition the e becomes short before a vowel, as in dĕhisco, dĕhinc, dĕorsum, and coincides with it in the poets by synaeresis; cf.: dehinc, deinde, deinceps, deorsum; sometimes contraction takes place, as in debeo, debilis, dego, demo, from dehabeo, de-habilis, de-ago, de-emo.—
2.
Signif.
a.
Separation, departure, removal, taking away; off, away, down, out: decedo, demigro, demeto, depromo, descendo, devolvo, derivo, deflecto, etc.; and trop. dedico, denuntio; and in a downward direction, decido, decumbo, deprimo, demergo, delabor, defluo, demitto, desido, desideo, declivis, deculco, degredior, deicio, etc.—
b.
Cessation, removal of the fundamental idea ( = un-, de-, dis-): dearmo, deartuo, decresco, dedisco, dedecoro, dedignor, dedoceo, denascor, denormo, desum, etc.; and hence direct negation, as in dedecet, deformis, demens, etc.—
c.
With reference to the terminus of the action: defero, defigo, demitto, etc.; hence also trop., with reference to the extent of the action, to the uttermost, to exhaustion, through. out: debacchor, debello, dedolo, delino, delibuo, etc.: defatigo, delaboro, delasso, etc.; hence freq. a mere strengthening of the fundamental idea, = valde, thoroughly, much: demiror, demitigo, etc.—
d.
Giving a bad sense to the verb: decipio, delinquo, deludo, derideo, detestor.—
e.
Rarely, contraction from a broad into a narrow space, together: deligo, devincio. See also Hand Turs. II. p. 183-229.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > de
58 παρά

πᾰρά [pron. full] [ρᾰ], [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also [full] παραί: shortd. [full] πάρ, in Hom., Lyr. (but rarely in Trag., in lyr. passages, A.Supp. 553, S.Tr. 636), and in all dial ects exc. [dialect] Att., GDI5434.8 ([place name] Paros), IG5(2).3.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), Inscr.Magn.26.28 (Thess.), etc.:—Prep. c. gen., dat., and acc., prop.

A beside: hence,

A WITH GEN. prop. denoting motion from the side of, from beside, from:

I of Place, πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν Il.13.744
; παρὰ ναῦφιν ἐλευσόμεθ' 12.225
, etc.; παρ' Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων.. ἐπερχομένη Od.22.197
; πὰρ νηῶν ἀπώσεται Il.8.533
, etc.; δῶρα π. νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν 19.194
; φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος π. μηροῦ 1.190
, cf. 21.173; σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος π. μηροῦ 16.473
; πλευρὰ παρ' ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη was exposed beside the shield, 4.468, cf. A.Th. 624.

II commonly of Persons,

1 with Verbs of going or coming, bringing, etc., ἦλθε.. πὰρ Διός Il.2.787
; παρ' Αἰήταο πλέουσα Od.12.70
, etc.; ἀγγελίη ἥκει π. βασιλέος Hdt.8.140
. ά; αὐτομολήσαντες π. βασιλέως X.An.1.7.13
; ἐξεληλυθὼς παρ' Ἀριστάρχου D.21.117
; ὁ π. τινὸς ἥκων his messenger, X.Cyr.4.5.53; so οἱ π. τινός Th.7.10
, Ev.Marc.3.21, etc.; ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν π. βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν X.An.1.1.5
, etc.; τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ' Ἡφαίστοιο from his workshop, Il.18.137, cf. 617, etc.; ἀπαγγέλλειν τι π. τινός X.An.2.1.20
; σὺ δὲ οἰμώζειν αὐτοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ λέγε Luc.DMort.1.2
.

2 issuing from a person, γίγνεσθαι π. τινός to be born from, Pl.Smp. 179b; λόγος (sc. ἐστί) π. Ἀθηναίων c. acc. et inf., Hdt.8.55: freq. following a Noun, δόξα ἡ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων glory from (given by) men, Pl.Phdr. 232a; ἡ π. τινὸς εὔνοια the favour from, i. e. of, any one, X.Mem.2.2.12; τὸ παρ' ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα done by me, Id.Cyr.5.5.13; τὰ π. τινός all that issues from any one, as commands, commissions, Id.An.2.3.4, etc.; or promises, gifts, presents, Id.Mem.3.11.13; τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ my opinions, Pl.Smp. 219a; παρ' ἑωυτοῦ διδούς giving from oneself, i. e. from one's own means, Hdt. 2.129, 8.5; παρ' ἑαυτοῦ προσετίθει X.HG6.1.3
; νόμον θὲς παρ' ἐμοῦ by my advice, Pl.Prt. 322d; αὐτοὶ παρ' αὑτῶν of themselves, Id.Tht. 150d, cf. Phdr. 235c.

3 with Verbs of receiving, obtaining, and the like , τυχεῖν τινος π. τινός Od.6.290
, 15.158; πὰρ δ' ἄρα μιν Ταφίων πρίατο 14.452
; ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν Pi.P.1.76
; εὑρέσθαι τι π. τῶν θεῶν Isoc.9.14
, cf. IG12.40.10; δέχεσθαι, λαμβάνειν, ἁρπάζειν π. τινός, Th.1.20, X.Oec.9.11, Hes.Th. 914; ἀντιάσαι, αἰτήσασθαι π. τινός, S.El. 870 (lyr.), X.HG3.1.4; ἀξιοῖ π. τοῦ ἰατροῦ φάρμακον πιὼν ἐξεμέσαι τὸ νόσημα Pl.R. 406d
; κόσμος τοῖς πράξασι γίγνεται π. τῶν ἀκουσάντων Id.Mx. 236e
: without Verb, ὁ καρπὸς ὁ π. τῶν δημάρχων IG12.76.27
: with Verbs of learning, etc., μεμαθηκέναι π. τινῶν Hdt.2.104
, etc.

4 with [voice] Pass. Verbs, πὰρ Διὸς.. μῆνις ἐτύχθη Il.15.122
; π. θεῶν ἡ τοιαύτη μανία δίδοται Pl.Phdr. 245c
, etc.; τὰ π. τῶν θεῶν σημαινόμενα, συμβουλευόμενα, X.Cyr.1.6.2; τὰ π. τινὸς λεγόμενα ib.6.1.42; τὰ π. τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα the presents of.., Isoc.4.26; με π. σοῦ σοφίας πληρωθήσεσθαι Pl.Smp. 175e
.

III rarely for παρά c. dat., by, near, πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.10.62
, 3.60; παρὰ δὲ κυανέων πελαγέων dub. l. in S.Ant. 966 (lyr.); τὸν Ῥειτὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἄστεως IG12.81.5
; πολλοὶ παρ' ἀμφοτέρων ἔπιπτον, = ἀμφοτέρωθεν, D.S.19.42.

IV π. τῆς συγχωρήσεώς τινος without his consent, BCH46.337 ([place name] Teos).

B WITH DAT. denoting rest by the side of any person or thing, answering the question where?

I of Places, κατ' ἂρ ἕζετ'.. πὰρ πυρί, ἔκειτο π. σηκῷ, Od.7.154, 9.319; νέμονται π. πέτρῃ 13.408
; ἑσταότες παρ ὄχεσφιν Il.8.565
; πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο at their feet, 14.411, etc.; π. θύρῃσι at the door, 7.346; π. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 2.773
; δεῖπνον.. εἵλοντο παρ' ὄχθῃσιν ποταμοῖο Od.6.97
, cf. Il.4.475, 20.53, etc.; κεῖσθαι παρ' Ἅιδῃ S.OT 972
; παρ' οἴνῳ over wine, ib. 780, etc.

II of persons, beside, πὰρ δὲ οἷ αὐτῷ εἷσε Θεοκλύμενον Od.15.285
; κεῖτο παρὰ μνηστῇ ἀλόχῳ Il.9.556
, cf. 6.246, etc.; παρ' ἀνδράσιν εὐνάζεσθαι Od.5.119
; δαίνυσθαι π. τινί 8.243
; πὰρ δέ οἱ ἑστήκει stood by him, Il.4.367.

2 at one's house or place, with one, μένειν π. τισί 9.427
; θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ἀνδρὶ παρ' ἀκλήρῳ Od.11.490
; φιλέεσθαι π. τινί Il.13.627
; παρ' ἑωυτοῖσι at their own house, Hdt.1.105, cf. 86; παιδευθῆναι π. τινί X.Cyr.1.2.15
; καταλύειν π. τινί D.18.82
(but παρά τινα καταλῦσαι Th.1.136
), etc.: hence οἱ παρ' ἐμοί those of my household, X.Mem.2.7.4, etc.; τὰ παρ' ἐμοί life with me, Id.An. 1.7.4; οἱ παρ' ἡμῖν ἄνθρωποι our people, Pl.Phd. 64b; ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν πολιτεία, ὁ παρ' ὑμῖν δῆμος, D.15.19; ὁ παρ' αὑτῷ βίοτος one's own life, S.OT 612; τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν πῦρ Pl.Phlb. 29f
; ὅσος παρ' ὑμῖν ὁ φθόνος φυλάσσεται S.OT 382
; τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα Pl.Phlb. 29f
; also, in one's hands, τὰ π. τοῖς Ἑλληνοταμίαις ὄντα IG12.91.6
; ἔχειν παρ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt. 1.130
, etc.; οὔπω παρ' ἐμοὶ τότ' ἦν λέγειν I had no right to speak then, Men.Epit.98.

3 before, in the presence of, ἤειδε π. μνηστῆρσιν Od. 1.154
; before a judge, δίκας γίγνεσθαι π. τῷ πολεμάρχῳ IG12.16.9
; π. Δαρείῳ κριτῇ Hdt.3.160
; π. τῷ βασιλέϊ Id.4.65
; παρὰ δικασταῖς Th. 1.73
; εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι τινὰ π. τισί D.18.13
: hence παρ' ἐμοί in my judgement, Hdt.1.32, cf. S.Tr. 589, E.Heracl. 881, 1 Ep.Cor.3.19; π. τούτῳ μέγα δυνήσεται with him, Pl.Grg. 510e.

4 in quoting authors, παρ' Ἐφόρῳ, παρ' Αἰσχίνῃ, π. Θουκυδίδῃ, in Ephorus, etc., Plb. 9.2.4, D.H.Comp.9,18.

III Arc., = π. c. gen., from, καθὰ εἶχον τὰς ἰντολὰς π. τᾷ ἰδίᾳ πόλι SIG559.9
(Megalop., iii B. C.), cf. 558.10 (Ithaca, iii B. C.).

C WITH ACCUS. in three main senses,

I beside, near, by,

II along,

III past, beyond.

I beside, near, by:

1 with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to, ἴτην π. νῆας Il.1.347
, cf. 8.220, etc.; βῆ.. π. θῖνα 1.34
, cf. 327, etc.; τρέψας πὰρ ποταμόν to the side of.., 21.603, cf. 3.187: more freq. of persons, εἶμι παρ' Ἥφαιστον to the chamber of H., 18.143, cf. Od.1.285, etc.; ἐσιόντες π. τοὺς φίλους Th.2.51
, etc.; φοιτᾶν π. τὸν Σωκράτη Pl.Phd. 59d
; πέμπειν ἀγγέλους, πρέσβεις π. τινά, Hdt. 1.141, Th.1.58, etc.; ἄγειν π. τινά Hdt.1.86
; καταφυγὴ π. φίλων τινάς Th.2.17
.

2 with Verbs of rest, beside, near, by, sts. with ref. to past motion (expressed in such phrases as ἧσο παρ' αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα Il.3.406
, cf. 11.577), ἔς ῥα θρόνους ἕζοντο παρ' Ἀτρεΐδην Μενέλαον Od.4.51
, cf. 13.372; κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ' ὄχθας lies stretched beside.., Il.4.487, cf. 12.381; παρ' ἔμ' ἵστασο come and stand by me, 11.314, cf. 592, 20.49, etc.; π. πυθμέν' ἐλαίης θῆκαν Od.13.122
; καταθέτω π. τὰ ἴκρια IG12.94.28
; κοιμήσαντο π. πρυμνήσια they lay down by.., Od.12.32, cf. 3.460; ὁ παρ' ἐμὲ καθήμενος Pl.Euthd. 271b
, cf. Phd. 89b; ἐκάθητο π. τὴν πύλην, π. τὴν ὁδόν, LXX Ge.19.1, Ev.Marc. 10.46; παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν καλέσαντα κατακείμενος δειπνῆσαι Thphr.Char. 21.2
, cf. Pl.Smp. 175c; ἐκαθέζετο π. τὸν Λύσιν Id.Ly. 211a
, cf. R. 328c; στὰς παρ' αὐτόν Id.Phd. 116c
; τέμενος νεμόμεσθα.. παρ' ὄχθας Il.12.313
, cf. 6.34, IG12.943.45; τοῦ Εὐρίπου, παρ' ὃν ᾤκει Aeschin.3.90
; κατελείφθη π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.4.87
; τὴν παρ' ἐμὲ ἐοῦσαν δύναμιν Id.8.140
.ά (v.l. ἐμοί) ; εἶπεν αὐτῷ μένειν παρ' ἑαυτόν X.Cyr.1.4.18
, cf. An.1.9.31, Ar.Fr. 451, Is.8.16, Alex.248, Demetr.Com. Nov.1.5, IG22.654.23 (iii B. C.), Plb.3.26.1, 11.14.3, 28.14.3; ἡ π. θάλασσαν Μακεδονία Th.2.99
, cf. S.El. 184 (lyr.), Tr. 636 (lyr.); Καρβασυανδῆς π. Καῦνον IG12.204.52
; τὸ κουρεῖον τὸ π. τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς Lys.23.3
, cf. And.1.62, Is.6.20, 8.35, Aeschin. 1.182, 3.88, Lycurg.112; τᾶς παστάδος τᾶς παρ' Ἀπόλλωνα IG42
(1).109 iii 146 (Epid.); παρ' ὄμμα before one's eyes, E.Supp. 484; π. πόδας on the spot, Phld.Ir.p.78 W., Rh.2.2 S.; immediately thereafter, Plb.1.7.5, 1.8.2, al.

b [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., and Thess., = supr. B. 11.2, at the house of.., with a person, IG7.3171.7 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), GDI 1717 (Delph.); παρ' ἁμὲ πολυτίματος [ὁ σῖτος] Ar.Ach. 759 (Megar.); τοῖς κατοικέντεσσι πὰρ ἀμμέ IG9(2).517.18
(Larissa, iii B. C.); τοῖ πὰρ ἀμμὲ πολιτεύματος ib.13; πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ Schwyzer 425.5
(Elis, iii/ii B. C.): so in [dialect] Att., θέμενος π. γυναῖκας depositing with.., Pl. R. 465c.

3 with Verbs of striking, wounding, etc., βάλε στῆθος π. μαζόν Il.4.480
, etc.; τὸν δ' ἕτερον.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξε 5.146
; τύψε κατὰ κληῗδα παρ' αὐχένα 21.117
, cf. 4.525, 8.325, etc.; αἰχμὴ δ' ἐξελύθη παρὰ νείατον ἀνθερεῶνα 5.293
, cf. 17.310; δησάμενος τελαμῶνι π. σφυρόν ib. 290.

4 with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with.., ὁ ἔλεγχος π. τὸν ἔλεγχον παραβαλλόμενος Pl.Grg. 475e
, cf. Hp.Mi. 369c, Smp. 214c, R. 348a; ἐξέτασον παρ' ἄλληλα τὰ σοὶ κἀμοὶ βεβιωμένα D.18.265
; ἄλλα παρ' ἄλλατιθέμενα.. τῶν χρωμάτων Arist.Mete. 375a24
.

b Geom., παραβάλλειν π. apply an area to (i. e. along) a finite straight line, Euc.1.44, Archim.Aequil.2.1; π. τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ γραμμὴν παρατείναντα Pl. Men. 87a
; ἡ [εὐθεῖα] παρ' ἣν δύνανται αἱ καταγόμεναι τεταγμένως the line to which are applied the squares of the or dinates, etc., Apollon. Perg.Con.1.11: hence,

c Arith., παραβάλλειν τι π. τι divide by.. (v. παραβάλλω A.
VII. 2); μερίζω τι π. τι Dioph.4.33
; ἐπὶ γ π. ί multiply by 3 and divide by 10, PLond.5.1718.2 (vi A. D.).

5 Geom., parallel to.., Democr.155, Arist. Top. 158b31, Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.12, al.

6 metaph. in Gramm., like, as a parody of.., π. τὸ Σοφόκλειον, π. τὰ ἐν Τεύκρῳ Σοφοκλέους, Sch.Ar.Av. 1240, Nu. 584.

b Gramm., of words which differ as compared with other words, π. τὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος ὄνομα σμικρὸν παρηγμένον ἐστίν.. [τὸ ἥρως] Pl.Cra. 398d, cf. 399a, Lg. 654a: hence, derived from.., π. τὸ ἔδαφος, δάπεδον, A.D. Pron.31.16; π. τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα Sch.A.R.2.624; σύγκειται [τὸ αὐθέντης] π. τὸ εἷναι.. καὶ π. τὸ αὐτός Phryn.PSp.24
B.

7 generally, of Comparison, alongside of, compared with, usu. implying superiority, δοκέοντες π. ταῦτα οὐδ' ἂν τοὺς σοφωτάτους ἀνθρώπων Αἰγυπτίους οὐδὲν ἐπεξευρεῖν Hdt.2.160
, cf. 7.20, 103; ἡλίου ἐκλείψεις αἳ πυκνότεραι π. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν χρόνου μνημονευόμενα ξυνέβησαν Th.1.23
, cf. 4.6; τῶν ἁπάντων ἀπερίοπτοί εἰσι π. τὸ νικᾶν Id.1.41
; π. τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὥσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιοτεύουσι X.Mem.1.4.14
; φαίνεται π. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν ἡδὺ καὶ π. τὸ ἡδὺ ἀλγεινὸν ἡ ἡσυχία Pl.R. 584a
, cf. Phdr. 236d, La. 183c, al.; εὐδαίμων μᾶλλον π. πάντας BCH26.332
([place name] Halae); προετέρει π. πάντας PSI 4.422.34
(iii B. C.): sts. implying inferiority or defect, ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους a little lower than the angels, LXX Ps. 8.6; μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὑστεροῦσι π. τὸν ἥλιον lag one day behind the sun, Gem.8.19; so perh. παρ' αὐτόν, ὑπὲρ αὐτόν (has passed the ball?) short of him, beyond him, Antiph.234; μέγα τοι ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη γνώμην ἐξ ὀργῆς μεταστῆσαι one day compared with another is important.., a day's delay makes a difference, Antipho 5.72; τί γὰρ παρ' ἦμαρ ἡμέρα τέρπειν ἔχει προσθεῖσα κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν; what joy has one day compared with another to offer, since it only brings us nearer to, or farther from, death (which is neither good nor evil)? S.Aj. 475; ὃς μὲν κρίνει (prefers) ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει (approves) πᾶσαν ἡμέραν Ep.Rom.14.5
.

8 with Verbs of estimating, to set at so and so much, hence π. = equivalent to.., ταρβῶ μὴ.. θῆται παρ' οὐδὲν τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς set at nought, E.IT 732, cf. A. Ag. 229 (lyr.); παρ' οὐδὲν ἄγειν S.Ant.35
; π. μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι or ποιεῖσθαί τι hold of small account, Isoc.5.79, D.61.51; παρ' ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαί τινα X.An.6.6.11
; so with εἶναι, etc., παρ' οὐδέν ἐστι are as nothing, S.OT 983, cf. Ant. 466; παρ' οὐδὲν αὐταῖς ἦν ἂν ὀλλύναι πόσεις E.Or. 569
; οὐ π. μέγα ἔσεσθαι τὸ πταῖσμα Arr.An.1.18.6
; so perh. π. σμικρὰ κεχώρηκε have turned out of little account, have amounted to little, Hdt.1.120.

b in Accountancy, without a verb, π. τὴν καταλλαγήν on account of κ., PHib.1.100.4 (iii B. C.).

9 of correspondence, ὀφείλειν στατῆρα π. στατῆρα stater for stater (one to each of two creditors), BCH50.214 (Thasos, v B. C.); πληγὴν π. πληγὴν ἑκάτερον Ar.Ra. 643
; συνεῖναι ἑκατέρῳ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν stayed day for day with each, D.59.46; hence of alternation, ποιεῖσθαι ἁγνείας καὶ θυσίας δύο π. δύο, of four priests acting two and two alternately, BGU1198.12 (i B. C.); τοῦ καθημερινοῦ ἢ μίαν π. μίαν (sc. ἡμέραν) [πυρετοῦ] quotidian or tertian fever, ib.956.3 (iii A. D.): sts. without doubling of the Noun, παρ' ἡμέρην, opp. καθ' ἡμέρην, tertian, opp. quotidian, Hp.Aph.1.12; καθ' ἡμέραν, παρ' ἡμέραν, π. δύο, π. τρεῖς every day, every second day, every third (fourth) day, Arr.Epict.2.18.13; π. μίαν every second day, Plb.3.110.4; παρ' ἐνιαυτόν every second year, Plu.Cleom.15; παρ' ἔτος year and year about, Arist.GA 757a7; every second year, Paus.8.15.2; π. μέρος by turns (v. μέρος II. 2); ὁ ἀνὰ μέρος παρ' ἓξ μῆνας ὑπὲρ γῆν τε καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν γινόμενος Ἄδωνις Corn. ND28
; π. μῆνα τρίτον every third month, Arist.HA 582b4, cf. Plu.2.942e; but π. τρία [ἔτεα] prob. every fourth year, IG5(2).422 ([place name] Phigalea), cf. Arr.Epict. l.c.; ἕνα παρ' ἕνα παραλειπτέον every second one, Nicom.Ar.1.18; ἕνα π. δύο ([etym.] τρεῖς) every third (fourth) one, ibid.; παρὰ δ' ἄλλαν ἄλλα μοῖρα διώκει now one now another, E.Heracl. 611.

10 precisely at the moment of, παρ' αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα flagrante delicto, D.18.13, 21.26; ἀποδώσω π. τὸν εὔθυνον τὸ καθῆκον IG12.188.31
; π. τοιοῦτον καιρόν, π. τὰς χρείας, D.20.41,46; π. τὰ δεινά in the midst of danger, Plu.Ant.63; π. τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν Jul.Or.1.10b
; π. τὴν πρώτην (sc. ἐπίθεσιν) at the first attack, Hld.9.2; π. γε τὴν πρώτην ὁρμήν Ael.NA14.10
.

b distributively, whether of Time, π. τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα in each complete period of seventy years, Hdt.1.32; ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις π. στάδια διακόσια.. τοῖς ἑκατὸν σταδίοις διήνεγκαν ἀλλήλων X.Oec.20.18
; πὰρ Ϝέτος each year, every year, Tab.Heracl. 1.101; π. τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον IG12(7).5.14
([place name] Amorgos); παρ' ἆμάρ τε καὶ νύκτα day and night, B.Fr.7; or more generally, πὰρ τὰν ἐλαίαν in respect of each olive plant, Tab.Heracl.1.122; παρ' ἡμέραν αἱ ἀμίαι πολὺ ἐπιδήλως αὐξάνονται from day to day, per day, Arist.HA 571a21; τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην βάσιν γινόμενον μικρὸν πολὺ γίνεται π. πολλάς Id.Pr. 881b26
; ἡ παρ' ἡμέραν χάρις D.8.70
; τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ Pl. Lg. 705a
.

c παρ' ἆμαρ on (this) day, to-day, τὸ μὲν πὰρ ἆμαρ, τὸ δέ .. to-day and to-morrow, Pi.P.11.63; but παρ' ἦμαρ to-morrow, S. OC 1455 (lyr.).

d throughout a period of time, π. τὴν ζόην Hdt. 7.46
; π. τὸν βίον ἅπαντα Pl.Lg. 733a
; π. πάντα τὸν χρόνον D.18.10
; also more loosely, during, π. τὴν πόσιν while they were drinking, Hdt.2.121.
δ; π. τὸν πότον Aeschin.2.156
; π. τὴν κύλικα Plu.Ant.24
; π. δεῖπνον or π. τὸ δεῖπνον, Id.2.737a,674f.

II along, ὄνος παρ' ἄρουραν ἰών Il.11.558
; βῆ δὲ θέειν π. τεῖχος 12.352
; π. ῥόον Ὠκεανοῖο ᾔομεν Od. 11.21
; ἔπλεον π. τὴν ἤπειρον Hdt.7.193
; π. πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν Isoc.4.148
; ὀρθὴν παρ' οἶμον.. τύμβον κατόψει straight along the road, E.Alc. 835; παρ' ὅλην τὴν φάραγγα Plb.10.30.3
; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χαράδραν παραπορευομένων ib.9; for παραβάλλειν π., v. supr. c. 1.4b.

2 strictly according to, without deviating from, εἶμι π. στάθμην ὀρθὴν ὁδόν Thgn. 945
, cf. S.Fr.474.5; ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ π. στάθμην, i.e. too strict, A.Ag. 1045; π. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀποφέρουσιν.. ἐπιδείξω I will prove to you strictly according to the accounts which they themselves submit, D.27.34.

III past, beyond, παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα.. ἐσσεύοντο Il.22.145
, cf. Od.3.172, 24.12; βῆ δὲ π. Κρουνούς h.Ap. 425
; π. τὴν Βαβυλῶνα παριέναι pass by Babylon, X.Cyr.5.2.29; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χύτραν ἄκραν ὁρῶντες looking over the edge of.., Ar.Av. 390.

2 metaph., over and above, in addition to, οὐκ ἔστι π. ταῦτ' ἄλλα Id.Nu. 698
; π. ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a
, cf.R. 337d, D.18.139, X.HG 1.5.5; ἑκὼν ἐπόνει π. τοὺς ἄλλους more than the others, Id.Ages.5.3, cf. Mem.4.4.1, Oec.20.16; ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν π. τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους Pl. Ion 539e
.

3 metaph., in excess over, πὰρ δύναμιν beyond one's strength, Il.13.787, cf. Th.1.70, Hyp.Lyc.16, Arist.Rh.Al. 1423b29; π. τὴν δ. Id.Po. 1451b38
.

4 metaph., in transgression or violation of, π. μοῖραν Od.14.509
; π. μοῖραν Δίος Alc.Supp. 14.10
; παρ' αἶσαν, παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.P.8.13, O.2.16, etc.; π. τὸ δίκαιον Th.5.90
, etc.; π. τὰς σπονδάς, τὸν νόμον, Id.1.67, X.HG1.7.14; π. φύσιν Th.6.17
, cf. Pl.Lg. 747b; π. τὴν στήλην prob. in IG12.45.20; π. καιρόν out of season, Pi.O.8.24, etc.; π. γνώμαν ib.12.10, cf. A.Supp. 454; π. δόξαν, π. τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, π. λόγον, Th.3.93, 1.84, Plb.2.38.5; παρ' ἐλπίδα or ἐλπίδας, A.Ag. 899, S.Ant. 392, etc.; πὰρ μέλος out of tune, Pi.N.7.69; π. τὴν ἀξίαν Th.7.77
, etc.; π. τὸ εἰωθός, τὸ καθεστηκός, Id.4.17, 1.98.

5 π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, = παρῆλθε τοσοῦτον κινδύνου, passed over so much ground within the sphere of danger, i.e. incurred such imminent peril, Id.3.49, cf. 7.2; in such phrases the tmesis was forgotten, and the acc. came to be governed by παρά, which thus came to mean 'by such and such a margin', ' with so much to spare', ἐνίκησαν π. πολύ, ἡσσηθέντες π. πολύ, Id.1.29, 2.89, cf. Pl. Ap. 36a; παρὰ δ' ὀλίγον ἀπέφυγες only just, E.IT 870 (lyr.); παρ' ὀλίγον ἢ διέφευγον ἢ ἀπώλλυντο Th.7.71
; δεινότατον π. πολύ by far, Ar.Pl. 445; παρ' ὅσον quatenus, Luc.Nec.17, etc.; π. δύο ψήφους ἀπέφυγε by two votes, Hyp.Eux.28, cf. D.23.205; π. τέτταρας ψήφους μετέσχε τῆς πόλεως Is.3.37
; π. τοσοῦτον ἐγένετο αὐτῷ μὴ περιπεσεῖν by so much (= little) he missed falling in with.., Th.8.33; π. πέντε ναῦς πλέον ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ ἢ τρεῖς ὀβολοὶ ὡμολογήθησαν ib.29; οὐ π. μικρὸν ἐποίησαν they made no little difference, Isoc.4.59.

b in phrases like π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, τοσοῦτον was sts. understood of the interval from danger, etc., and παρά came to mean 'by so much short of' (τὸ π. μικρὸν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a29
), within such and such a distance of, so near to, τὴν Ἠϊόνα π. νύκτα ἐγένετο (sc. αὐτῷ) λαβεῖν he was within one night of taking E., Th.4.106; π. μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν I came within a little of.., Isoc. 19.22, cf. Plb.1.43.7, Plu. Caes. 39; παρ' ἐλάχιστον ἦλθε.. ἀφελέσθαι was within an ace of taking away, Th.8.76; παρ' οὐδὲν μὲν ἦλθον ἀποκτεῖναι (were within a mere nothing, within an ace of killing him), ἐξεκήρυξαν δ' ἐκ πόλεως Aeschin. 3.258
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh. 14, Alex.62; π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε διαφυγεῖν so near he came to escaping, Luc.Cat.4; παρὰ ἓν πάλαισμα ἔδραμε νικᾶν Ὀλυμπιάδα Hdt.9.33
; παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14
, cf. 2.55.4, D.S.17.42: hence without ἐγένετο or ἐλθεῖν, π. μίαν μονάδα (less) by one, i.e. less one, Nicom.Ar.1.8; τεσσαράκοντα π. μίαν, = 39, 2 Ep.Cor.11.24; παρ' ἕνα τοσοῦτοι the same number less one, Plu. Publ.9; σύ μοι παρ' ἕνα ἥκεις ἄγων you have brought me one too few, Luc.Cat.4; δύναται π. δύο συλλαβὰς εἶναι τὸ καταληκτόν Heph.4.2
; τὰ ὁλοκόττινα ηὑρέθησαν π. ἑπτὰ κεράτια seven carats short, PMasp.70.2 (vi A. D.); πάντες παρ' ἕνα, πάντες παρ' ὀλίγους, all save one (a few), Plu.Cat.Mi.20, Ant.5; ἔτη δύο π. ἡμέρας δύο IG5(1).801
([place name] Laconia); of one Μάρκος, θηρίον εἶ π. γράμμα you are a bear ([etym.] ἄρκος) all but a letter, AP11.231 (Ammian.); ὡς π. τι καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀφανίσαι so that he all but (lit. less something) lost his sight, Vett.Val.228.6; π. τι βυθίζεσθαι v.l. in Ev.Luc.5.7; τὸ π. τοῦτο the figure less that, i.e. the remainder or difference, PTeb.99.10 (ii B. C.), cf. POxy.264.4 (i A. D.), PAmh.2.148.5 (v A. D.); hence of any difference whether of excess or defect, οὐδὲν π. τοῦτο ποιούμενοι τοὺς.. Λευκανούς τε καὶ τοὺς.. Σαυνίτας making no difference between.., Str.6.1.3, cf. 14.5.11, Plu.2.24c.

6 hence of the margin by which anything increases or decreases, and so of the cause according to which anything comes into existence or varies, τὸ εὖ π. μικρὸν διὰ πολλῶν ἀριθμῶν γίνεται Polyclit.2
(cf. μικρός III. 5 c); διαφέρει π. τὰς τῶν παθημάτων ἐναντιώσεις according to.., Arist.HA 486b5; μεταπίπτει π. τὰ κλίματα Gem. 5.29
, cf. 11.5, al.; π. τὰ πράγματα cj. in Apollod.Car.11.

7 more generally of the margin by which an event occurs, i.e. of the necessary and sufficient cause or motive (τὸ μὴ π. τοῦτο γίνεσθαι τότε λέγομεν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τούτου μηδὲν ἧττον περαίνηται ὁ συλλογισμός Arist.APr. 65b6
, cf. 48a24, al.), κεινὰν π. δίαιταν just for the sake of unsatisfying food, Pi.O.2.65; ἕκαστος οὐ π. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν οἴεται βλάψειν each thinks that his own negligence will not suffice to cause injury, Th.1.141, cf. Isoc.3.48; π. τὴν αὑτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν all through his own fault, Antipho 3.4.5, cf. Isoc.6.52, D.4.11, 18.232; πολλὰ.. ἐστιν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρ' ἓν οὐδὲ δύ' εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματ' ἀφῖκται not from one or two causes only, Id.9.2; οὐ π. τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι it does not follow that it is not.., 1 Ep.Cor.12.15; π. τὸ τὴν ἀρίθμησιν ποιήσασθαι ἐξ ἑτοίμου τοὺς ἐργώνας οὐκ ὀλίγα χρήματα περιεποίησε τῇ πόλει by the simple fact of prompt payment, IPE12.32B35 (Olbia, iii B. C.); οὐδὲν ἂν παρ' ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο τούτων Lycurg.63
, cf. Plb.3.103.2, 18.28.6, al.; οὐδεὶς παρ' ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς thanks to himself alone, Aristeas 224; παρ' αὑτὸν ἀτυχεῖ Arr.Epict.3.24.2
, cf. Phld.Rh.2.16 S.; παρ' ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόστασις Hierocl. in CA25p.477M.
; εἶναι π. τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον, i.e. on this depends.., Pl.Lg. 715d, cf. X.Eq.Mag.1.5, D.C.Fr.36.5; π. μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπόλλυται προκοπὴ καὶ σῴζεται Epict.Ench.51.2
; π. τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι just because I am a Greek, UPZ7.13 (ii B. C.); π. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν αὐτήν LXX Ge.29.20
, cf. Ex.14.11; later more loosely, because of.., Phld.Rh.1.158 S., Gem.6.24, etc.; οὐδὲν π. σὲ γέγονε it is no fault of yours, PRyl.243.6 (ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1420.7 (ii A. D.).

8 of a limit of possibility, εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο π. τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς D.18.239
; πεῖσαι τό γε παρ' αὑτόν to persuade (the judges) so far as in you lies, Arr.Epict.2.2.20; οἴμωζε παρ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, for all I care, Ar.Av. 846.

D POSITION: παρά may follow its Subst. in all three cases, but then becomes by anastrophe πάρα: when the ult. is elided, the practice varies, τῇσι παρ' Il.18.400
; but Ἡφαίστοιο πάρ' ib. 191.

E παρά abs., as ADV., near, together, Il.1.611, al., E.IA 201 (lyr.).

F πάρα (with anastrophe) stands for πάρεστι and πάρεισι, Il.1.174, Hes.Op. 454, A.Pers. 167, Hdt.1.42, al., S.El. 285, Ar.Ach. 862, etc.

G IN COMPOS.,

I alongside of, beside, of rest, παράκειμαι, παράλληλοι, παρέζομαι, πάρειμι (εἰμί), παρίστημι; of motion, παραπλέω, πάρειμι ([etym.] εἶμι).

II to the side of, to, παραδίδωμι, παρέχω.

III to one side of, by, past, παρέρχομαι, παροίχομαι, παραπέμπω, παρακμάζω, παρατρέχω.

IV metaph.,

1 aside or beyond, i.e. amiss, wrong, παραβαίνω, παράγω, παροράω, παρορκέω, παρακούω, παραγιγνώσκω.

2 of comparison, as in παραβάλλω, παρατίθημι.

3 of alteration or change, as in παραλλάσσω, παραπείθω, παραπλάσσω, παρατεκταίνω, παραυδάω, παράφημι.

4 of a side-issue, παραπόλλυμι. (Cogn. with Goth. faúr 'along', Lat. por-.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παρά
59 conto

m ( calcolo) calculation

finance account

in ristorante bill, AE check

conto corrente current account, AE checking account

conto corrente postale Post Office account

conto profitti e perdite profit and loss account

conto vincolato term deposit

rendere conto di qualcosa account for something

rendersi conto di qualcosa realize something

fare conto su qualcuno count on someone

tenere conto di qualcosa take something into account

conto alla rovescia countdown

per conto mio ( secondo me) in my opinion

( da solo) on my own

sapere qualcosa sul conto di qualcuno know something about someone

in fin dei conti when all's said and done, after all

* * *

conto s.m.

1 ( calcolo) calculation, reckoning: i conti sono sbagliati, the calculations are wrong; essere bravo nei conti, to be good at figures

2 (amm.) account; ( di mastro) ledger account: conto di esercizio, working account; conto di gestione, management account; conto aperto, open account; ( presso negozio) credit account (o amer. charge account); conto spese, expense account; conto retribuzioni, pay account; conto vendite, sales account; conto delle entrate e delle spese, profit and loss account; conto di scoperto, short account; conto terzi, third parties; conto movimenti cassa, receipts and payments account; i conti sono in ordine, the accounts are straight; i conti non tornano, the accounts don't balance; saldare i conti, to settle accounts // in conto deposito, on consignment; conto di ammortamento, sinking fund account // conto perequazione imposte, tax equalization account // revisione dei conti, audit of accounts (o account auditing); revisore dei conti, auditor; Corte dei Conti, Audit Office (o State Auditors' Department) // (econ.): conto titoli, securities account; conto capitale, capital (o stock) account; conto profitti e perdite, profit and loss account (o earnings report o statement of profit and loss o income statement o amer. statement of loss); conto di bilancio, balance sheet account; conto societario, corporate account // (banca): conto del dare, charge account; conto effetti all'incasso, notes receivable account; conto effetti passivi, bills payable; conto effetti attivi, bills receivable; conto clienti, conto creditori, account receivable; conto debitori, debtor account (o account payable); conto creditori e debitori diversi, sundries account

3 ( in banca) account: conto bancario, bank account; conto corrente, current (o cheque) account, (amer.) drawing (o checking) account; conto congiunto, joint account; conto bloccato, blocked account; conto cifrato, numbered account; conto scoperto, overdrawn account; conto vincolato, deposit account (o time deposit); conto estero, external account; conto valutario, foreign currency account; conto a tasso fisso, flat-rate account; conto corrente fruttifero, interest-bearing account; estratto conto, statement of account; intestatario di conto corrente, holder of an account (o account holder); intestazione di un conto corrente, account heading; chiudere un conto ( presso una banca), to close an account; ha aperto un conto presso la Lloyd's Bank, he opened an account with Lloyd's Bank; il mio conto è in rosso, my account is in the red; prelevare una somma dal proprio conto corrente; to withdraw a sum of money from one's current account; versare una somma su un conto, to pay a sum of money into an account; accreditare sul conto di qlcu., to credit to s.o.'s account; non mi è ancora stato accreditato in conto, it hasn't been credited to my account yet; addebitare in conto, to debit s.o.'s account // anticipazione in conto corrente, advance by overdraft // conto corrente postale, postal giro account

4 ( fattura) bill: il conto, per favore, could I have the bill (o amer. check), please?; il conto è stato salato, the bill was high; ho molti conti in sospeso, da pagare, I've still got a lot of bills to pay // (comm.) conto arretrato, outstanding account // mettere in conto, to charge (s.o.), to put on the bill (of s.o.)

5 ( stima, reputazione) esteem, regard: cose, persone di nessuno, poco conto, things (o matters), people of no, of little account; tenere in qualche conto, to treat with respect; tenere qlcu. in poco conto, to hold s.o. in low esteem.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: per conto mio, ( quanto a me) as for me (o as far as I am concerned) // stare per conto proprio, to be on one's own // a buon conto, in any case // in fin dei conti, after all // chiedere informazioni sul conto di qlcu., to ask for information about s.o. // fare i conti in tasca a qlcu., to pry into s.o.'s financial affairs // fare i conti con qlcu., to bring (o to call) s.o. to account: con te farò i conti più tardi, (fam.) I will square things up with you later; un giorno dovrai fare i conti con la giustizia per i tuoi delitti, one day you will be brought to book for your crimes // faccio conto su di te, I'm relying on you; fare conto sull'appoggio di qlcu., to count (o to reckon) on s.o.'s support // fare conto di, ( immaginare) to imagine; ( proporsi) to intend // fare i conti senza l'oste, (fam.) to reckon without one's host // mettere conto, to be worthwhile (o to pay): non mette conto d'arrabbiarsi, it is not worthwhile getting angry; non mette conto di lavorare tanto, it does not pay to work so hard // mettersi per proprio conto, to set up on one's own // regolare i conti con qlcu., (fig.) to balance (o to square) accounts with s.o. // a conti fatti, all things considered (o after all) // alla resa dei conti, at the showdown // rendere conto di qlco., to answer for sthg. (o to account for sthg.) // rendersi conto di qlco., to realize sthg.

* * *
['konto]
1. sm

1) (calcolo) calculation

fare di conto — to count

ho fatto un rapido conto — I did a quick calculation

2) Banca, Comm account, (fattura: di ristorante, albergo) bill, (di prestazione) account, bill

il conto, per favore — could I have the bill, please?

pagare o saldare il conto — to pay the bill

fare i conti — to do the accounts

dobbiamo fare il conto delle spese — we must work out the expenses

far bene/male i propri conti (anche) fig — to get one's sums right/wrong

non aveva fatto i conti con possibili imprevisti — he hadn't allowed for anything unexpected happening

fare i conti senza l'oste — to forget the most important thing

fare i conti con qn — to settle one's account with sb

farò i conti con te più tardi! — I'll sort you out later!

avere un conto in sospeso (con qn) — to have an outstanding account (with sb), fig to have a score to settle (with sb)

fare i conti in tasca a qn — to pry into sb's financial affairs

3)

(stima, considerazione) di poco/nessun conto — of little/no importance

tener conto di qn/qc — to take sb/sth into consideration o account

non avevo tenuto conto del fuso orario — I hadn't allowed for the time difference

tenere qc da conto — to take great care of sth

4)

(fraseologia) a conti fatti, in fin dei conti — all things considered, when all is said and done

be', in fin dei conti non ha tutti i torti — well, after all, he's quite right

ad ogni buon conto — in any case

per conto mio — (a mio avviso) in my opinion, as far as I'm concerned, (a nome mio) on my behalf, (da solo) on my own

per conto mio la faccenda è un po' strana — in my opinion it's all rather strange

voglio starmene per conto mio — I want to be on my own

ci vado per conto mio — I'm going on my own

per conto di — on behalf of

telefono per conto di Sara — I'm phoning on behalf of Sara

sul conto di — about

girano strane voci sul conto di Luca — I've heard some strange things about Luca

mi hanno detto strane cose sul suo conto — I've heard some strange things about him

fare conto che... — (supporre) to suppose that...

fare conto su qn/qc — to rely o depend o count on sb/sth

chiedere conto di qc a qn — to ask sb to give an account o explanation of sth

rendere conto a qn di qc — to be accountable to sb for sth

rendersi conto di qc/che... — to realize sth/that

non si era reso conto che c'ero anch'io — he hadn't realized I was there too

non ti rendi conto delle conseguenze! — you don't realize what will happen!

essere alla resa dei conti... — to come to the day of reckoning

2.

- conto in banca

- conto capitale

- conto cassa

- conto cifrato

- conto corrente

- conto corrente postale

- conto in partecipazione

- conto passivo

- conto profitti e perdite

- conto alla rovescia

- conto scoperto

- conto valutario

* * *
['konto]
sostantivo maschile

1) (calcolo) count, calculation

far di conto — to count

fare il conto di — to work out [ spese]; to count (up) [persone, oggetti]

sbagliare il conto — to make a mistake in one's calculation

tenere il conto di qcs. — to keep (a) count of sth.

perdere il conto — to lose count

i -i tornano — (di soldi) that's the right amount; (di oggetti, persone) that's the right number; fig. it all adds up

i -i non tornano — fig. it doesn't add up

2) amm.

tenere i -i — to keep accounts

fare i -i — (a fine giornata) to cash up

3) (somma da pagare) amount; (fattura) bill, check AE, tab AE

avere un conto aperto presso un negozio — to have an account at a shop

mettere qcs. sul conto di qcn. — to charge sth. to o put sth. on sb.'s account

pagare il conto — to pay o settle a bill, to pick up the check o tab

il conto, per favore! — could I have the bill, please?

4) econ. banc. account ( presso with)

sul conto di qcn. — in sb.'s account

aprire, chiudere un conto — to open, close an account

5) (considerazione)

tenere conto di qcs. — to take account of sth., to reckon with sth., to consider sth.

mettere qcs. in conto — to take sth. into account

una questione di poco conto — a small affair

essere di poco conto — to be of little account

tenuto conto di — in consideration of, considering

6) (affidamento)

fare conto su — to rely o depend on

7) (spiegazione)

rendere conto di qcs. a qcn. — to account for sth. to sb.

chiedere conto a qcn. — to ask for an explanation from sb., to ask sb. for an explanation

8) per conto di

per conto di qcn. — (da parte di) on o in AE behalf of sb.

per conto proprio — (da solo) on one's own, by oneself, alone

mettersi per conto proprio — to set (oneself) up in business, to set up one's own business

per conto mio — (secondo me) in my opinion, to my mind colloq.

9) sul conto di (riguardo a) about

•

conto bancario, in banca — bank account

conto corrente — current BE o checking AE account

conto corrente postale — post office account

conto alla rovescia — countdown (anche fig.)

••

in fin dei -i, a -i fatti — after all, all things considered

a ogni buon conto — in any case

fare bene i propri -i — to do one's sums

fare i -i con qcn., qcs. — to reckon with sb., sth.

regolare i -i con qcn. — to settle a score with sb., to square one's account(s) with sb.

fare i -i in tasca a qcn. — = to reckon sb.'s worth

fare i -i senza l'oste — = to make a decision without consulting the person in charge

fare conto — (immaginare) to imagine ( di fare doing; che that); (prefiggersi) to reckon ( di fare to do; che that)

rendersi conto di qcs., che — to realize sth., that, to be o become aware of sth., that

* * *

conto

/'konto/

sostantivo m.

1 (calcolo) count, calculation; far di conto to count; fare il conto di to work out [ spese]; to count (up) [persone, oggetti]; sbagliare il conto to make a mistake in one's calculation; tenere il conto di qcs. to keep (a) count of sth.; perdere il conto to lose count; i -i tornano (di soldi) that's the right amount; (di oggetti, persone) that's the right number; fig. it all adds up; i -i non tornano fig. it doesn't add up

2 amm. tenere i -i to keep accounts; fare i -i (a fine giornata) to cash up

3 (somma da pagare) amount; (fattura) bill, check AE, tab AE; avere un conto aperto presso un negozio to have an account at a shop; mettere qcs. sul conto di qcn. to charge sth. to o put sth. on sb.'s account; pagare il conto to pay o settle a bill, to pick up the check o tab; il conto, per favore! could I have the bill, please?

4 econ. banc. account ( presso with); sul conto di qcn. in sb.'s account; aprire, chiudere un conto to open, close an account

5 (considerazione) tenere conto di qcs. to take account of sth., to reckon with sth., to consider sth.; mettere qcs. in conto to take sth. into account; una questione di poco conto a small affair; essere di poco conto to be of little account; tenuto conto di in consideration of, considering

6 (affidamento) fare conto su to rely o depend on

7 (spiegazione) rendere conto di qcs. a qcn. to account for sth. to sb.; chiedere conto a qcn. to ask for an explanation from sb., to ask sb. for an explanation

8 per conto di per conto di qcn. (da parte di) on o in AE behalf of sb.; per conto proprio (da solo) on one's own, by oneself, alone; mettersi per conto proprio to set (oneself) up in business, to set up one's own business; per conto mio (secondo me) in my opinion, to my mind colloq.

9 sul conto di (riguardo a) about

IDIOMS

in fin dei -i, a -i fatti after all, all things considered; a ogni buon conto in any case; fare bene i propri -i to do one's sums; fare i -i con qcn., qcs. to reckon with sb., sth.; regolare i -i con qcn. to settle a score with sb., to square one's account(s) with sb.; fare i -i in tasca a qcn. = to reckon sb.'s worth; fare i -i senza l'oste = to make a decision without consulting the person in charge; fare conto (immaginare) to imagine ( di fare doing; che that); (prefiggersi) to reckon ( di fare to do; che that); rendersi conto di qcs., che to realize sth., that, to be o become aware of sth., that

\

COMPOUNDS

conto bancario, in banca bank account; conto corrente current BE o checking AE account; conto corrente postale post office account; conto alla rovescia countdown (anche fig.).

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > conto
60 ab

ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:
AF VOBEIS,
Inscr. Orell. 3114;
AF MVRO,
ib. 6601;
AF CAPVA,
ib. 3308;
AF SOLO,
ib. 589;
AF LYCO,
ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):
abs chorago,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):
abs quivis,
Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:
abs terra,
Cato, R. R. 51;
and in compounds: aps-cessero,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;
and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,
id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
I.
In space, and,
II.
Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
I.
Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):
Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
fuga ab urbe turpissima,
Cic. Att. 7, 21:
ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,
Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:
illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,
all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:
venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
b.
Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:
oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:
quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,
Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:
ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:
protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,
id. ib. 1, 25, 2:
profecti a domo,
Liv. 40, 33, 2;
of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:
classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,
Liv. 8, 22, 6;
of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,
Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:
legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,
id. 24, 40, 2.
c.
Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):
Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:
libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:
Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,
id. Att. 7, 24:
cum a vobis discessero,
id. Sen. 22:
multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:
so a fratre,
id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:
a Pontio,
Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:
ab ea,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
B.
Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
1.
Of separation:
ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,
Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:
abesse a domo paulisper maluit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:
tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,
Sall. C. 40, 5:
absint lacerti ab stabulis,
Verg. G. 4, 14.—
2.
Of distance:
quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:
nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,
id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:
hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:
terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,
Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:
non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):
cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,
Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:
qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:
quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,
Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:
procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:
tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,
Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;
v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:
tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,
id. Pis. 11, 26; and:
tam prope ab domo detineri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:
onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,
eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:
duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,
id. 37, 38, 5). —
3.
To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:
picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,
Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:
pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,
on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:
non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,
at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:
erat a septentrionibus collis,
on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
II.
Fig.
A.
In time.
1.
From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:
Exul ab octava Marius bibit,
Juv. 1,40:
mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,
immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:
Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
ab hac contione legati missi sunt,
immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:
ab eo magistratu,
after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:
a summa spe novissima exspectabat,
after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:
ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:
confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,
Liv. 30, 36, 1:
statim a funere,
Suet. Caes. 85;
and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,
id. ib. 60:
protinus ab adoptione,
Vell. 2, 104, 3:
Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,
soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—
Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,
i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:
secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,
i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
2.
With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:
ab hora tertia bibebatur,
from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:
infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,
since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:
vixit ab omni aeternitate,
from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:
cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,
Nep. Att. 5, 3:
in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,
after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:
centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,
since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:
cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,
id. Sen. 6, 19; and:
ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,
since, Sall. C. 47, 2:
diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,
Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:
quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,
since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:
jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,
from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:
cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:
a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,
Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:
pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,
from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
b.
Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:
qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,
from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:
mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,
a pueritia,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:
jam inde ab adulescentia,
Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:
ab adulescentia,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1:
jam a prima adulescentia,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ab ineunte adulescentia,
id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.
followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:
a primis temporibus aetatis,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:
a teneris unguiculis,
from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:
usque a toga pura,
id. Att. 7, 8, 5:
jam inde ab incunabulis,
Liv. 4, 36, 5:
a prima lanugine,
Suet. Oth. 12:
viridi ab aevo,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;
rarely of animals: ab infantia,
Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:
qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,
a pausillo puero,
id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:
a puero,
Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:
a pueris,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:
ab adulescente,
id. Quint. 3, 12:
ab infante,
Col. 1, 8, 2:
a parva virgine,
Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:
a parvis,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:
a parvulo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:
ab parvulis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:
ab tenero,
Col. 5, 6, 20;
and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
B.
In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
1.
In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):
suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:
qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:
hic ab artificio suo non recessit,
id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:
quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:
condicionem quam ab te peto,
id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:
mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:
si quid ab illo acceperis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:
quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:
ab defensione desistere,
Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:
ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,
id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:
ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,
Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):
qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,
the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:
tu nunc eris alter ab illo,
next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:
Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,
next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:
quid hoc ab illo differt,
from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:
hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,
id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:
discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,
id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):
quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7:
alieno a te animo fuit,
id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):
subdole ab re consulit,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:
haut est ab re aucupis,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:
non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,
Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
2.
In partic.
a.
To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:
a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:
ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,
id. ib. 1, 3:
disputata ab eo,
id. ib. 1, 4 al.:
illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,
id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:
ita generati a natura sumus,
id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:
pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,
Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:
niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:
quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,
is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:
salvebis a meo Cicerone,
i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:
a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,
i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:
ne vir ab hoste cadat,
Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):
levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,
Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:
a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,
id. Off. 2, 6, 19:
si calor est a sole,
id. N. D. 2, 52:
ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),
id. Att. 16, 7, 5:
metu poenae a Romanis,
Liv. 32, 23, 9:
bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,
id. 3, 22, 2:
ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,
id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:
lassus ab equo indomito,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:
Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,
Prop. 5, 1, 126:
tempus a nostris triste malis,
time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:
vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?
by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,
ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),
Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:
si postulatur a populo,
if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:
deseror conjuge,
Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;
and in prose,
Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:
ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,
Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:
(urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
b.
With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:
pastores a Pergamide,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:
Turnus ab Aricia,
Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):
obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,
Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
c.
In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:
(sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,
id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
d.
With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:
da, puere, ab summo,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,
da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:
coepere a fame mala,
Liv. 4, 12, 7:
cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,
tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:
a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
e.
With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:
a foliis et stercore purgato,
Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:
tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?
Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:
Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,
Liv. 21, 11, 5:
expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:
haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,
id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):
ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,
Sall. C. 32:
ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,
Liv. 21, 35, 12:
ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,
Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
f.
With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:
el metul a Chryside,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:
ab Hannibale metuens,
Liv. 23, 36; and:
metus a praetore,
id. 23, 15, 7;
v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,
Cic. Sull. 20, 59:
postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,
you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
g.
With verbs of fastening and holding:
funiculus a puppi religatus,
Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:
cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
h.
Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:
a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,
Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
i.
Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):
id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
j.
Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:
doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:
a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:
a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,
a frigore laborantibus,
Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:
laborare ab re frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
k.
Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:
ab ingenio improbus,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:
a me pudica'st,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:
orba ab optimatibus contio,
Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):
locus copiosus a frumento,
Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:
sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,
id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:
ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,
id. Brut. 16, 63:
ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,
Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;
so often in poets ab arte=arte,
artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
l.
In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:
linguam ab irrisu exserentem,
thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:
ab honore,
id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
m.
Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:
ab illo injuria,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:
fulgor ab auro,
Lucr. 2, 5:
dulces a fontibus undae,
Verg. G. 2, 243.
n.
In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:
scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
nonnuill ab novissimis,
id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
o.
In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:
qui sunt ab ea disciplina,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:
ab eo qui sunt,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:
nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,
id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
p.
To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;
in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,
one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,
a manu servus,
a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
q.
The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:
a peregre,
Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:
a foris,
Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:
ab intus,
ib. ib. 7, 15:
ab invicem,
App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:
a longe,
Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:
a modo,
ib. ib. 23, 39;
Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,
Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:
a sursum,
ib. Marc. 15, 38.
► a.
Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:
Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,
Cic. Pis. 37, 91:
a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?
id. Sen. 6:
a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?
id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:
res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
b.
Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
c.
It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:
a vitae periculo,
Cic. Brut. 91, 313:
a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,
id. Arch. 6, 12:
a minus bono,
Sall. C. 2, 6:
a satis miti principio,
Liv. 1, 6, 4:
damnis dives ab ipsa suis,
Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
d.
The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):
aque Chao,
Verg. G. 4, 347:
aque mero,
Ov. M. 3, 631:
aque viro,
id. H. 6, 156:
aque suis,
id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:
a meque,
Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:
abs teque,
id. Att. 3, 15, 4:
a teque,
id. ib. 8, 11, §
7: a primaque adulescentia,
id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
e.
A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
III.
In composition ab,
1.
Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
2.
It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

The Third of May 1808 — Infobox Painting| title=The Third of May 1808 artist=Francisco Goya year=1814 type=Oil on canvas height=266 width=375 city=Madrid museum=Museo del Prado The Third of May 1808 (also known as es. El tres de mayo de 1808 en Madrid , or es. Los… … Wikipedia
Controlled demolition hypothesis for the collapse of the World Trade Center — The controlled demolition hypothesis is a 9/11 conspiracy theory that claims the complete structural failure of the World Trade Center towers was not caused by the plane crash damage that occurred as part of the September 11, 2001 attacks, nor by … Wikipedia
The Right Time (The Corrs song) — Infobox Single Name = The Right Time Caption = Artist = The Corrs from Album = Forgiven, Not Forgotten A side = The Right Time B side = Erin Shore Released = May 1996 (UK) Format = CD single Recorded = Los Angeles, California October 1995 Video… … Wikipedia
The Third Magic — (ISBN 0 88899 126 6) is a fantasy book written by Welwyn Wilton Katz and published by Groundwood Books in 1988. It was for this work that Katz received the Governor General s Literary Award. It is a standalone book 215 pages in length and… … Wikipedia
The Guide for the Perplexed — This article is about the 12th century book by Maimonides. For the 1977 book by E.F. Schumacher, see A Guide for the Perplexed. For the 2001 novel by Gilad Atzmon, see A Guide to the Perplexed. The title page of The Guide for the Perplexed The… … Wikipedia
For the World Is Hollow and I Have Touched the Sky — ST episode name = For the World is Hollow and I Have Touched the Sky Natira, high priestess of the generation ship Yonada series = TOS ep num = 63 prod num = 065 remas. num = 18 date = November 8, 1968 writer = Rik Vollaerts director = Tony… … Wikipedia
The Fame — On American pressings of the album, Lady Gaga is written in red text … Wikipedia
Speaker for the Dead — Not to be confused with Speaker of the Dead. Speaker for the Dead … Wikipedia
The Golden Legend (cantata) — The Golden Legend is a cantata by Arthur Sullivan with libretto by Joseph Bennett, who suggested the topic, based on the 1851 poem of the same name by Henry Wadsworth Longfellow. At least 17 performances of the cantata were given in Britain… … Wikipedia
The Apprentice (U.S. season 5) — Infobox Television The Apprentice season name = The Apprentice 5 first aired = February 27, 2006 last aired = June 5, 2006 filming started = September, 2005 filming completed = November, 2005 winner = Sean Yazbeck number candidates = 18 number… … Wikipedia
Of the Rings of Power and the Third Age — The Silmarillion Ainulindalë Valaquenta Quenta Silmarillion Akallabêth Of the Rings of Power and the Third Age … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

done+for+the+third+time

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

done+for+the+third+time

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: